JP7837620B2 - Gaming machines - Google Patents

Description

This invention relates to gaming machines, such as slot machines and pachinko machines.

Conventionally, one type of gaming machine known is the slot machine. Such slot machines sometimes use liquid crystal displays, speakers, and other devices to create visual effects depending on the rewards awarded (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-73461

However, there is still room for improvement regarding the control of the visual effects.

This invention was made in consideration of these circumstances, and aims to provide a gaming machine that can improve the control of gameplay effects.

To achieve the above objective, the gaming machine according to the present invention, in one embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types,
Multiple audio circuits are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension.
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially identical manner.
It is characterized by the following:

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that improves the control of gameplay effects.

This is a perspective view showing the appearance of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. This is a circuit block diagram of the control unit of a slot machine relating to one embodiment of the present invention. (A) is a time chart showing the transitions between demo screens of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (B) is a time chart showing the transitions between demo screens of a conventional slot machine. (A) is a time chart showing the transitions between demo screens of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (B) is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on a liquid crystal display device of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. This is an example of a slump graph showing the trend in the number of tokens won or lost by a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. This is a sequence diagram showing the process of updating the maximum number of tokens in a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (A) is a flowchart showing the process of displaying the maximum number of coins in the demo screen display of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, (B) is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the liquid crystal command of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (C) is a diagram illustrating the display marker and the non-display marker of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (A) is a functional block diagram of the first sub-control unit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (B) is a diagram showing an example of the connection between the CPU and the drive circuit shown in Figure 8(A). (A) and (B) are diagrams showing examples of LED drivers used as lamp drive circuits in the first sub-control unit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (A) and (B) are schematic diagrams showing the configuration of control data for controlling the lamps of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (C) is a diagram illustrating a communication method for control data of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. This is an external view of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, showing the position of the speaker. (a) is a top view of the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention; (b) is a diagram showing the arrangement of each component of the audio circuit shown in (a); (c) is a diagram showing the terminal arrangement of the audio amplifier IC shown in (a) and (b); and (d) is a cross-sectional view of (a) along the Y-Y line. (a) is a circuit diagram showing the signal lines of the audio circuit shown in Figure 12(a), and (b) is a circuit diagram showing the power lines of the audio circuit shown in Figure 12(a). (a) is a top view of the first sub-control board on which the components of the first sub-control unit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention are arranged, and (b) and (c) are diagrams illustrating the ground of the first sub-control board shown in (a). This is a top view of the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention (modified example). (a) is a circuit diagram of the signal lines of the audio circuit shown in Figure 15, and (b) is a circuit diagram of the power lines of the audio circuit shown in Figure 15. (a) is a diagram showing the first layer of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 15, and (b) is a diagram showing the third layer of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 15. (a) is a diagram showing the fourth layer of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 15, and (b) is a diagram showing the fifth layer of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 15. (a) is a diagram showing the seventh layer of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 15, and (b) is a diagram showing the eighth layer of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 15. (a), (b), and (c) are diagrams illustrating the arrangement layout of audio circuits provided on the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (a), (b), and (c) are diagrams illustrating the position of the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (d), (e), and (f) are diagrams illustrating the arrangement of each component of the audio circuit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (a), (b), (c), and (d) are schematic diagrams illustrating the arrangement of components in an audio circuit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and are diagrams illustrating the arrangement relationships of each component. (a) and (b) are schematic diagrams illustrating the arrangement of each component in the audio circuit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and are diagrams illustrating the arrangement relationships of each component. (c) is a schematic diagram illustrating the arrangement of each component in the audio circuit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and is a diagram illustrating the wiring pattern. This is a top view (modified) of the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and is a diagram illustrating the silkscreen markings. (a), (b), and (c) are diagrams illustrating the ventilation holes provided in the substrate case of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 12(a), and (d) is an external perspective view of the audio circuit as seen from direction A in Figure 25(a). (a) is a diagram illustrating the ventilation holes provided in the substrate case of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 12(a) (modified version), and (b) and (c) are explanatory diagrams of the substrate case of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 12(a) (modified version). (a) is a top view of the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, illustrating the arrangement of heat dissipation holes (thermal vias) provided on the first sub-control board. (b) is a diagram illustrating the audio signal line path of the audio amplifier IC and coil of the audio circuit shown in (a), and (c) is an arrangement diagram of each component of the monaural audio circuit shown in (a).

The embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.

The slot machines described below employ a so-called "coinless" configuration, using information equivalent to the actual number of tokens (virtual token count). However, in the following explanation, this information will be referred to as "token count."

[First Embodiment]
The slot machine of this embodiment is a gaming machine that proceeds through a series of games in which a predetermined number of game tokens are inserted, and multiple reels, each decorated with multiple types of symbols, start to rotate when a predetermined rotation start instruction operation is received, and based on the receipt of the rotation start instruction operation, the success or failure of an internal win of one of multiple types of winning combinations is determined by lottery, each of the multiple reels stops rotating individually when a predetermined rotation stop instruction operation is received, and if the conditions determined by the winning combination based on the result of the lottery and the combination of symbols when the multiple reels stop match predetermined payout conditions, a process of paying out the number of game tokens is executed and the game ends, and if the conditions do not match, the process of paying out the number of game tokens is not executed and the game ends.

Traditionally, some gaming machines display the number of coins won during advantageous gameplay states such as AT (Automatic Trigger) or bonus rounds, aiming to give players a sense of satisfaction. However, this sense of satisfaction can only be felt after reaching a certain number of coins (for example, 500 or 1000 coins). Conversely, with small amounts of coins won (for example, 50 or 100 coins), displaying the number of coins won could potentially cause dissatisfaction rather than satisfaction, thus risking upsetting players.

Furthermore, previously, if a minimum number of bets (less than the specified number) was set, the demo screen was not displayed. Therefore, gaming machines that ended with a minimum number of bets set were not recognized as vacant and sometimes remained vacant for extended periods.

This embodiment provides a gaming machine that can solve the above-mentioned problems.

<Overall Structure>
First, we will explain the basic configuration of the slot machine 100 and the dispensing machine 700 using Figure 1. Figure 1 is an external perspective view of the slot machine 100 and the dispensing machine 700 as seen from the front (player side).

The slot machine 100 shown in Figure 1 is an example of a gaming machine according to the present invention, and comprises a main body 101 and a front door 102 attached to the front side of the main body 101, which can be opened and closed relative to the main body 101. Inside the central part of the main body 101 (not shown), three reels (left reel 110, middle reel 111, right reel 112) with multiple types of symbols arranged on their outer surfaces are housed and configured to rotate inside the slot machine 100. These reels 110-112 are driven to rotate by a drive device such as a stepping motor.

In this embodiment, each design is printed at equal intervals in appropriate numbers on a strip-shaped member, and this strip-shaped member is attached to a predetermined circular cylindrical frame material to constitute each reel 110 to 112. From the player's perspective, approximately three designs are displayed vertically through the display window 113 on the reels 110 to 112, so that a total of nine designs are visible. The symbols displayed on the upper part of the left reel 110 are called the left reel upper symbols, the symbols displayed on the middle part of the left reel 110 are called the left reel middle symbols, the symbols displayed on the lower part of the left reel 110 are called the left reel lower symbols, the symbols displayed on the upper part of the middle reel 111 are called the middle reel upper symbols, the symbols displayed on the middle part of the left reel 111 are called the middle reel middle symbols, the symbols displayed on the lower part of the middle reel 111 are called the middle reel lower symbols, the symbols displayed on the upper part of the right reel 112 are called the right reel upper symbols, the symbols displayed on the middle part of the right reel 112 are called the right reel middle symbols, and the symbols displayed on the lower part of the right reel 112 are called the right reel lower symbols. Each of the symbols on each reel 110 to 112 is displayed three times vertically on each reel 110 to 112 through the display window 113, for a total of nine symbols. By rotating each of the reels 110-112, the combination of symbols visible to the player changes. In other words, each of the reels 110-112 functions as a display device that can display multiple combinations of symbols in a variable manner. Note that, in addition to reels, other electronic image display devices such as liquid crystal displays can also be used as such display devices. Furthermore, while the slot machine 100 shown in Figure 1 has three reels located inside the center of the machine, the number of reels and their placement are not limited to this.

Each reel 110-112 has a backlight (not shown) positioned behind it to illuminate the individual symbols displayed in the display window 113. It is desirable that the backlights be shielded for each symbol to ensure even illumination of each symbol. Within the slot machine 100, an optical sensor (not shown) consisting of a light-emitting unit and a light-receiving unit is provided near each reel 110-112. A light-shielding piece of a certain length, provided on the reel, passes between the light-emitting and light-receiving units of this optical sensor. Based on the detection results of this optical sensor, the rotational position of the symbols on the reels is determined, and the reels 110-112 are stopped so that the desired symbol is displayed on the winning line.

The winning line indicator lamp 120 is a lamp that indicates the valid winning lines. A winning line is the line where it is determined whether or not a combination of symbols corresponding to a winning combination has been displayed. The valid winning lines are predetermined by the number of medals bet as the game medium. There are five winning lines. For example, if one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line becomes valid; if two medals are bet, the upper horizontal winning line and the lower horizontal winning line are added, making a total of three lines valid; and if three medals are bet, the rightward diagonal winning line and the rightward diagonal winning line are added, making a total of five lines valid as winning lines. Note that the number of winning lines is not limited to five lines. For example, if one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line, the upper horizontal winning line, the lower horizontal winning line, the rightward diagonal winning line, and the rightward diagonal winning line (five lines in total) may be considered valid winning lines. Hereafter, the valid winning lines may be referred to as "valid lines."

The notification lamp 123 is a lamp that informs the player that, for example, they have internally won a specific winning combination (e.g., a bonus combination, a special combination) in the internal lottery described later, or that this internally won state has been carried over. The coin insertion lamp 124 is a lamp that informs the player that coins can be inserted. The re-play lamp 122 is a lamp that informs the player that if they won a re-play combination (one of the winning combinations) in the previous game, the current game can be played again (no coin insertion is required). The reel panel lamp 128 is a lamp for visual effects.

The bet buttons 130 or 132 are buttons for inserting a predetermined number of tokens (called credits) electronically stored in the slot machine 100. In the slot machine 100 shown in Figure 1, one token is inserted each time the bet button 130 is pressed. One press inserts one token, another press inserts an additional token (total of two), and another press inserts an additional token (total of three). Pressing the bet button 132 inserts three tokens. Hereinafter, the bet button 130 may be referred to as the single-token bet button, and the bet button 132 may be referred to as the maximum bet button. The token insertion lamps 129 illuminate a number of lamps corresponding to the number of tokens inserted, and when the predetermined number of tokens has been inserted, the game start lamp 121 illuminates to indicate that the game can be started. Note that the slot machine 100 in this embodiment is a game machine exclusively for 3-token bets, so the predetermined number of tokens is three.

The game information display unit 126 is a display unit for numerically displaying various internal information (for example, the number of medals dispensed during bonus gameplay). The payout display unit 127 is a display unit for displaying the number of medals dispensed to the player as a result of winning a prize. In the following text, the expression "distributed to the player" may be used interchangeably with "given to the player." Both the game information display unit 126 and the payout display unit 127 are composed of 7-segment (SEG) displays.

The start lever 135 is a lever-type switch used to initiate the rotation of reels 110-112. That is, by operating the bet button 130 or 132 and then operating the start lever 135, reels 110-112 will begin to rotate. The operation of the start lever 135 is referred to as the game start operation.

The stop button unit 136 is equipped with stop buttons 137 to 139, consisting of a left stop button 137, a middle stop button 138, and a right stop button 139. The stop buttons 137 to 139 are button-type switches for individually stopping the reels 110 to 112, which have started rotating due to the operation of the start lever 135, and are associated with each of the reels 110 to 112. More specifically, the left reel 110 can be stopped by operating the left stop button 137, the middle reel 111 can be stopped by operating the middle stop button 138, and the right reel 112 can be stopped by operating the right stop button 139. Hereinafter, operations on the stop buttons 137 to 139 will be referred to as stop operations, with the first stop operation being the first stop operation, the next stop operation being the second stop operation, and the last stop operation being the third stop operation. Furthermore, the reels that are stopped in response to these stop operations will be referred to as the first stop reel, the second stop reel, and the third stop reel, respectively. Furthermore, the sequence in which the stop buttons 137-139 are pressed to stop all of the rotating reels 110-112 is called the operation sequence or pressing order. Additionally, the sequence in which the first stop operation is the left reel 110, the second stop operation is the middle reel 111, and the third stop operation is the right reel 112 is called the "forward pressing sequence" or simply "forward pressing." The sequence in which the first stop operation is the right reel 112, the second stop operation is the middle reel 111, and the third stop operation is the left reel 110 is called the "reverse pressing sequence" or simply "reverse pressing." Note that each of the stop buttons 137-139 may be equipped with a light-emitting element, and if the stop buttons 137-139 are operational, this light-emitting element can be illuminated to inform the player.

The instruction monitor 125 is a display unit for showing information regarding the operation order (pressing order) of the stop buttons 137 to 139. This instruction monitor 125 is also composed of a 7-segment (SEG) display. For example, if the instruction is to operate the left stop button 137, the middle stop button 138, and the right stop button 139 in that order, "1" will be displayed on the instruction monitor 125. If the instruction is to operate the left stop button 137, the right stop button 139, and the middle stop button 138 in that order, "2" will be displayed on the instruction monitor 125.

The settlement button 134 is a button for returning the inserted game tokens (number of tokens wagered) to the token count control unit 350. The door keyhole 140 is a hole for inserting a key to unlock the front door 102 of the slot machine 100.

The game token count display device 170 is a 5-digit 7-segment (SEG) display that displays the number of game tokens recorded in the token count control unit 350 shown in Figure 2.

The counting button 171 is an operating means for transmitting the information on the number of game tokens recorded in the token count control unit 350 shown in Figure 2 to the dispensing machine 700.

A title panel 162 is provided at the bottom of the stop button unit 136 for displaying the model name and for attaching various certification labels.

The sound hole 145 is a hole for outputting sound from the speaker 277 (see Figure 2) located inside the slot machine 100 to the outside. The side lamps 144 located on the left and right sides of the front door 102 are decorative lamps to enhance the gaming experience. A performance device 160 is located at the top of the front door 102, and a sound hole 143 for outputting sound from the speaker 272 (see Figure 2) to the outside is provided at the top of the performance device 160. This display device 160 includes a shutter (shielding device) 163 consisting of two horizontally opening and closing shutters, a right shutter 163a and a left shutter 163b, and a display image display device 157 (liquid crystal display device) disposed behind the shutters 163. When the right shutter 163a and the left shutter 163b are opened horizontally outward in front of the display image display device 157, the display screen of the display image display device 157 appears on the front (player side, front side) of the slot machine 100. Note that it does not have to be a liquid crystal display device; any display device capable of displaying various display images and various game information is acceptable, such as a multi-segment display (7-segment display), a dot matrix display, an organic EL display, a plasma display, a reel (drum), or a display device consisting of a projector and a screen. The display screen is rectangular and configured so that the entire screen is visible to the player. In this embodiment, the display screen is rectangular, but it may also be square. Furthermore, decorative elements (not shown) can be placed around the periphery of the display screen, causing a portion of the screen's periphery to be obscured by these elements, resulting in the display screen appearing to have an unusual shape. While the display screen in this embodiment is flat, it may also be curved. Note that this image display device 157 is an example of a display means.

The dispensing machine 700 shown in Figure 1 is sometimes referred to as a card unit and is an example of the gaming media management device of the present invention. This dispensing machine 700 is installed in a one-to-one relationship with the slot machine 100.

The 700 dispensing machine accepts cards. There are two types of "cards" referred to here. One is a visitor card (also called a general card), a prepaid gaming memory medium issued to general players who are not registered members. The other is a membership card, a gaming memory medium issued to registered players at the arcade. IC cards are used for these cards.

The cards store monetary value. This monetary value includes the "number of medals held" and the "money balance," which is the remaining balance of prepaid money.

The card-receiving dispensing machine 700 has the function of converting the "number of tokens held" stored on the card into "number of game tokens (credits)". "Number of game tokens (credits)" is data that can be used for setting the bet amount and can also be converted back into "number of tokens held". "Number of game tokens" is obtained by deducting the card's "money balance" or "number of tokens held". Furthermore, "number of game tokens" also includes the number of tokens won through winning. This "number of game tokens" is managed by the token count control unit 350 shown in Figure 2, and represents the number of electronically stored electronic tokens (the amount of electronic game value). The "number of game tokens" is deducted when the bet button 130 or 132 is used for the insertion operation.

"Number of tokens held" is the value obtained by counting the "number of game tokens (credits)". This "number of tokens held" is stored in a identifiable way on the player's card. That is, by operating the counting button 171, the "number of game tokens" can be converted to "number of tokens held" and stored on the card. Alternatively, the "number of tokens held" may be managed using a token count management device installed in the arcade.

The front of the lending machine 700 is equipped with a banknote slot 701 at the top for inserting banknotes and a card slot 702 at the bottom for inserting cards. Membership cards and visitor cards inserted into the card slot 702 are received by a card reader/writer, and the information stored on the card is read. Banknotes inserted into the banknote slot 701 are identified for authenticity and denomination, and the face value of the banknotes is stored as the "money balance" on the card inserted into the card slot 702.

Below the banknote insertion slot 701, an information display 703 is provided. This information display 703 is a display that provides information such as operating instructions for the dispensing machine 700 and the status of the slot machine 100, using text and images. The surface may be configured as a touch panel, allowing various operations to be input by touching the displayed items with a finger.

Below the information display 703, the cash balance display 705 and the medal balance display 706 are arranged in two rows, one above the other. The cash balance display 705 shows the "cash balance" stored on the card inserted into the card slot 702 as an amount. Meanwhile, the medal balance display 706 shows the "number of medals held" stored on the card inserted into the card slot 702 as the number of medals.

The central part of the dispensing machine 700 is equipped with a dispensing button 707 and a card return button 708. The dispensing button 707 is an operating means for withdrawing the "money balance" stored in the card inserted into the card slot 702 and obtaining the "number of game tokens". Specifically, if there is a "money balance" on the card inserted into the card slot 702, the LED lamp built into the dispensing button 707 lights up to indicate that withdrawal is possible. By operating the dispensing button 707 in this state, the "number of game tokens" is added according to the amount of money to be withdrawn. For example, the "number of game tokens" equivalent to 1000 yen is added as a predetermined amount. Also, if the "money balance" on the card is less than a predetermined amount (for example, less than 1000 yen), only the "number of game tokens" converted from the current balance at a predetermined rate is added. Furthermore, even if the card's "money balance" is less than a predetermined amount, it may be replenished from the "number of tokens held" stored on the card, so that the predetermined amount of "game tokens" is added. The card return button 708 is operated when the player finishes playing, and is a means of operation to store the "number of tokens held" determined at the end of the game on the card inserted in the card slot 702 and eject it. The "number of tokens held" determined at the end of the game is the number of tokens obtained by subtracting the number of tokens converted to "game tokens" from the "number of tokens held" stored on the card inserted in the card slot 702, and then adding the number of game tokens counted by the counting operation. The "money balance," "number of tokens held," and "number of game tokens" data described above are converted in the following order: "money balance" and "number of tokens held" → "number of game tokens" → "number of tokens held." In this way, the "number of tokens held" identified by the card is converted into the "number of game tokens," and in the slot machine 100 of this embodiment, the bet amount can be set using that "number of game tokens." Therefore, it is possible to provide a new type of slot machine (managed gaming machine) that does not use physical tokens, without confusing players who are accustomed to conventional slot machines where players receive physical tokens, insert those tokens to secure credits, and then use those credits to set bet amounts.

This specification does not mention "stored medals," but this "stored medals" refers to the number of medals deposited with the arcade, not stored on the card. The arcade may manage the number of medals a player has won through gameplay as "points" for the day, and as "stored medals" from the following day onward, using a hall management terminal or other management computer. If both "stored medals" and "held medals" are stored, the "held medals" will be deducted first. Both "held medals" and "stored medals" may also be stored in a higher-level server (not shown) in association with the card number. In the case of visitor cards, the "held medals" are stored directly on the visitor card, but the "held medals" may also be stored in a higher-level server in association with the card number. When storing the information in the higher-level server in association with the card number, data that identifies the time the information was stored in the higher-level server may be written to the card (member card, visitor card) before it is dispensed. Furthermore, the "money balance" is written directly to the card (member card, visitor card) and dispensed. The timing for storing the "number of tokens held" on the card (member card, visitor card) or in the higher-level server is, for example, when the counting button 171 is operated and the counting process is performed. However, instead, the information may be stored all at once when the card is returned. Furthermore, when a player finishes playing and returns the card from the dispensing machine 700, the "number of tokens held" stored in the dispensing machine 700 may be temporarily stored as stored tokens in the hall management terminal 800. If the player inserts the card into the same or a different dispensing machine 700 again on the same day the card was returned, only the "number of tokens held" for that day, which was temporarily stored as stored tokens, will be stored again in the dispensing machine 700. The "number of tokens available for play" will then be added within the range of that "number of tokens held," allowing the player to play.

Furthermore, the rental machine 700 may be equipped with an IR photosensitive unit that receives infrared signals from a remote control held by an amusement arcade employee, converts them into electronic signals, and outputs them.

Furthermore, while the lending machine 700 shown in Figure 1 allowed for the lending of "game tokens" by operating the lending button 707 to withdraw the "money balance" stored on the card, it may also be possible to withdraw the "number of tokens held" recorded on the card and convert it into "game tokens." Specifically, the lending machine 700 is provided with a "number of tokens held" button, and if there are "number of tokens held" on the card inserted in the card slot 702, the built-in LED lamp on that "number of tokens held" button lights up in a manner indicating that it is ready to withdraw. In this state, by operating the "number of tokens held" button, if there are a predetermined number of tokens (for example, 50 tokens) or more, the predetermined number (for example, 50 tokens) of "game tokens" will be added. In addition, the number of tokens held by the player during gameplay, as described above, can be stored on the card as "points held" for the rest of the day, or managed by the hall management terminal 800 or other management computer, and the lending machine 700 is provided with a replay button. If there are "points" remaining, the built-in LED lamp on the replay button will light up to indicate that it is available for withdrawal. In this state, operating the replay button may add a predetermined number of "game tokens" (for example, 50 tokens).

<Control Unit Circuit Configuration>
Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the slot machine 100 will be explained in detail using Figure 2. Note that Figure 2 shows a circuit block diagram of the control unit.

The control unit of the slot machine 100 is broadly composed of a main control unit 300 that controls the progress of the game, a first sub-control unit 400 that controls the main effects in accordance with command signals (hereinafter simply referred to as "commands") transmitted by the main control unit 300, and a second sub-control unit 500 that controls various devices based on commands transmitted from the first sub-control unit 400. Regarding the main control unit 300, since large data capacities would make program verification difficult and could lead to security issues such as illegal modifications, the data capacities of the ROM 306 and RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 are limited.

<Main Control Unit>
First, the main control unit 300 of the slot machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 has a game control unit 302 that controls the progress of the game and a medal count control unit 350 that controls the number of game medals owned by the player. The game control unit 302 is an example of a game control means, and the medal count control unit 350 is an example of a game value count control means. The game control unit 302 is equipped with a CPU 304, a ROM 306 that stores control program data, lottery data used when internally drawing winning combinations, the arrangement of reel symbols and stopping positions, a RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 310 for controlling the input and output of various devices, a counter timer 312 for measuring time, number of times, etc., and a WDT (watchdog timer) which is not shown. Note that other storage devices may be used instead of the ROM 306 and RAM 308, and the same applies to the medal count control unit 350, the first sub-control unit 400, and the second sub-control unit 500 which will be described later. The CPU 304 of the game control unit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output by a crystal oscillator (not shown) as the system clock. Furthermore, when the power is turned on, the CPU 304 transmits the frequency division data stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 306 to the counter timer 312. The counter timer 312 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data and sends an interrupt request to the CPU 304 at each interrupt time. The CPU 304 then performs monitoring of various sensors and transmits drive pulses in response to this interrupt request. For example, if the clock signal output by the crystal oscillator 315b is set to 8 MHz, the frequency division value of the counter timer 312 is set to 1/256, and the frequency division data in the ROM 306 is set to 47, the reference interrupt time will be 256 × 47 ÷ 8 MHz = 1.504 ms.

The main control unit 300 includes a random number generation circuit (not shown) used as a hardware random number counter that varies values in the range of 0 to 65535 based on a clock signal input from a crystal oscillator (not shown), and a startup signal output circuit (not shown) that outputs a startup signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the game control unit 302 starts game control when it receives a startup signal from this startup signal output circuit.

Furthermore, the CPU 304 of the game control unit 302 monitors the status of each bet button 130, 132, start lever 135, each stop button 137-139, and payout button 134 at each interrupt time. For example, if it detects that the bet buttons 130 or 132 have been turned on, the medal count control unit 350 executes a process to electronically insert the medals electronically stored in the medal count control unit 350 as medals to be inserted into the game. If it detects that the start lever 135 has been turned on, it outputs a signal indicating this detection to the random number generation circuit. The random number generation circuit that receives this signal latches the value at that timing and stores it in a register that stores random values used for the lottery. If it detects that the left stop button 137, middle stop button 138, or right stop button 139 has been turned on, and the reels 110-112 corresponding to each stop button are in a stop-ready state, it executes stop control for the reels 110-112. If the system detects that the settlement button 134 has been turned on, it executes a process to return the electronically inserted game tokens to the token count control unit 350.

Furthermore, the CPU 304 of the game control unit 302 also monitors the status of various sensors 318 (optical sensor for the left reel 110, optical sensor for the middle reel 111, optical sensor for the right reel 112, etc.) at each interrupt time. The optical sensors for the left reel 110, the middle reel 111, and the right reel 112 are installed at predetermined positions on the mounting bases of each reel 110-112, and each time a light-shielding piece provided on the reel frame passes over them, they reach an L level. The rotational position information, indicating how much the reel has rotated from its reference position between L levels, is calculated based on the count of the clock signal output by the crystal oscillator 315b. When the CPU 304 detects the L-level signal, it determines that the reel has completed one rotation and resets the reel's rotational position information to zero. This rotational position information is stored in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300.

The main control unit 300 includes a drive circuit 322 for driving motors provided on reels 110-112, a drive circuit 324 for driving display devices such as the instruction monitor 125, game information display 126, and payout count display 127, and a drive circuit 326 for driving various lamps 336 (winning line indicator lamp 120, notification lamp 123, game token insertion ready lamp 124, replay lamp 122, game token insertion lamp 129, game start lamp 121).

Furthermore, the slot machine 100 has different setting values that affect the player's advantage. There are six setting values available, from setting 1 to setting 6. Generally, the higher the setting value, the greater the player's advantage. Specifically, the internal winning probability is determined for each setting value. Even if the internal winning probability is the same for each setting value, there may be differences in the AT-related lotteries, such as AT transition lotteries and AT bonus lotteries, and the CZ-related lotteries, such as CZ transition lotteries and high-probability transition lotteries that make CZ transitions more favorable. The game control unit 302 is connected to a setting change button 175, which is operated when changing these setting values.

Furthermore, an information output circuit 328 is connected to the game control unit 302. The main control unit 300 outputs game information for the slot machine 100 (for example, information indicating the game status) to an information input circuit 650 of an external hall computer (not shown) via this information output circuit 328.

Furthermore, the main control unit 300 includes a voltage monitoring circuit (not shown) that monitors the voltage value of the power supply provided to the main control unit 300 from the power management unit (not shown). This voltage monitoring circuit outputs a low-voltage signal to the game control unit 302 and the medal count control unit 350, respectively, when the power supply voltage value falls below a predetermined value (e.g., 9V), indicating that the voltage has dropped.

Furthermore, the main control unit 300 is equipped with an output interface for sending commands to the first sub-control unit 400, enabling communication with the first sub-control unit 400. Note that information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400 is unidirectional. The main control unit 300 is configured to send signals such as commands to the first sub-control unit 400, but the first sub-control unit 400 is configured not to send signals such as commands to the main control unit 300.

The medal count control unit 350, like the game control unit 302, is equipped with a CPU 354, ROM 356, RAM 358, I/O 360 for controlling the input/output of various devices, and a counter timer 362 for measuring time, counts, etc. The CPUs 304 and 354 are mounted on the same board and connected via a buffer IC. This allows the CPU 304 to use ROM 306 and RAM 308 without using ROM 356 and RAM 358, and vice versa. A WDT (watchdog timer), not shown in the diagram, is also included. Furthermore, the CPU 354 of the medal count control unit 350 also operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output by a crystal oscillator (not shown) as the system clock. Furthermore, when power is applied, the CPU 354 transmits frequency division data stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 356 to the counter timer 362. The counter timer 362 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data and sends an interrupt request to the CPU 354 at each interrupt time. The CPU 354 operates in response to this interrupt request. The medal count control unit 350 executes the interrupt processing every 0.745 ms. It also repeatedly communicates with the dispensing machine 700 every 300 ms.

The CPU 354 of the medal count control unit 350 also includes a startup signal output circuit (not shown) that outputs a startup signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 354 of the medal count control unit 350 also starts medal count control when it receives a startup signal from this startup signal output circuit.

The basic circuit of the medal count control unit 350 is connected to a game medal count display device 170 consisting of a 5-digit 7-segment (SEG) display, a counting button 171, and a game medal count clear button 172.

Furthermore, the basic circuit of the medal count control unit 350 is also connected to the dispensing machine 700 via the dispensing machine connection terminal board 790. The medal count control unit 350 communicates bidirectionally with the dispensing machine 700.

The medal count control unit 350 transmits various commands to the game control unit 302. The game control unit 302 also transmits various commands to the medal count control unit 350. In other words, communication between the medal count control unit 350 and the game control unit 302 is bidirectional.

Furthermore, the medal count control unit 350 stores the "number of game medals" in a predetermined area of the RAM 358. Specifically, the "number of game medals" is stored in the credit counter. The medal count control unit 350 updates the "number of game medals" stored in the predetermined area of the RAM 358 through addition or subtraction processing. Addition processing includes processing based on payout commands transmitted from the game control unit 302, processing based on settlement commands transmitted from the game control unit 302, and processing based on loan notifications transmitted from the loan machine 700. Subtraction processing includes counting processing based on the operation of the counting button 171, and processing based on insertion commands transmitted from the game control unit 302.

The game token count clear button 172 shown in Figure 2 is located in a position that cannot be operated by the player (for example, a position that cannot be operated without opening the front door 102), and is an operating means for clearing the "game token count" stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 358. For example, if the game token count remains at "2" and the player is absent, it becomes difficult to determine whether the player who left "2" intends to continue playing or not, and another player may not be able to start playing. However, if the game token count can be cleared by an employee, another player can be welcomed sooner. Note that the game token count clear button 172 does not necessarily clear the "game token count" when it is operated. For example, it may be set to clear only when the game token count is 2 or less, and if there are 3 or more, the count may be performed in the same way as when the counting button 171 is operated. If the counting button 171 malfunctions and the system cannot recognize that it has been operated, it may become impossible to convert the "number of game tokens" to the "number of tokens held," potentially causing disadvantage to the player. However, if counting is also possible through operation by a staff member, this disadvantage to the player can be avoided. Furthermore, since there is no need to install a new counting button for staff members, there is no increase in costs. Alternatively, instead of determining the number of game tokens to differentiate between clearing and counting, the operation method of the game token count clear button 172 could determine whether to clear or count. For example, a short press could clear the tokens, and a long press could count them. This would allow for easy selection of either clearing or counting, regardless of the number of game tokens. Another option is to clear the tokens only when the game token count clear button 172 is operated, and count them when the game token count clear button 172 and another button are operated simultaneously. This reduces the possibility of operational errors and allows for easy selection of either clearing or counting.

<Sub-control Unit>
Next, the first sub-control unit 400 of the slot machine 100 will be described. The first sub-control unit 400 receives control commands transmitted by the main control unit 300 (game control unit 302) via an input interface. The first sub-control unit 400 is equipped with a basic circuit 402 that controls the entire first sub-control unit 400 based on these control commands. This basic circuit 402 is equipped with a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 410 for controlling the input and output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time, number of times, etc. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by receiving a clock signal of a predetermined period output by a crystal oscillator 414 as the system clock. The ROM 406 stores control programs and data for controlling the entire first sub-control unit 400, data for controlling the backlight lighting pattern and various displays, etc.

The CPU 404 transmits frequency division data stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 406 to the counter timer 412 via the data bus at a predetermined timing. The counter timer 412 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data and sends an interrupt request to the CPU 404 at each interrupt time. The CPU 404 controls each IC and circuit based on the timing of these interrupt requests.

Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 is equipped with an audio amplifier IC 418, and speakers 272 and 277 are connected to the audio amplifier IC 418 via an output interface. The audio amplifier IC 418 controls the sound output from the amplifier and speakers 272 and 277 in response to commands from the CPU 404. An S-ROM (sound ROM) containing audio data is connected to the audio amplifier IC 418. The audio data acquired from this ROM is amplified by the amplifier and output from speakers 272 and 277. These speakers 272 and 277 represent an example of a sound effect device. Note that the audio amplifier IC is also called a digital amplifier IC (digital audio amplifier IC), and the term is synonymous with an integrated circuit that amplifies and adjusts audio signals.

Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 is equipped with a drive circuit 422, to which various lamps 420 (upper lamp, lower lamp, side lamp 144, title panel lamp, bet button lamp, reel backlight, etc.) are connected via an input/output interface. Note that the various lamps 420 represent an example of a display mechanism.

Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 is equipped with a drive circuit 424 that drives the motor of the shutter 163, and the shutter 163 is connected to the drive circuit 424 via an output interface. This drive circuit 424 outputs a drive signal to the stepping motor (not shown) installed in the shutter 163 in response to a command from the CPU 404.

Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 is equipped with a sensor circuit 426, to which a shutter sensor 428 is connected via an input interface. The CPU 404 monitors the status of the shutter sensor 428 at interrupt intervals.

Furthermore, the CPU 404 transmits and receives signals to the second sub-control unit 500 via the output interface. The second sub-control unit 500 performs various controls of the performance device 160, including the display control of the performance image display device 157. Note that the second sub-control unit 500 may be composed of multiple control units, such as a control unit for controlling the display of the performance image display device 157, and a control unit for controlling various performance drive devices (for example, a control unit for controlling the motor drive of the shutter 163).

The second sub-control unit 500 receives control commands transmitted by the first sub-control unit 400 via an input interface and includes a basic circuit 502 that controls the entire second sub-control unit 500 based on these control commands. This basic circuit 502 incorporates a CPU 504, a RAM 508 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 510 for controlling the input/output of various devices, and a counter timer 512 for measuring time, counts, etc. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by receiving a clock signal of a predetermined period output by a crystal oscillator 514 as the system clock. The ROM 506 stores control programs and data for controlling the entire second sub-control unit 500, as well as data for image display, etc.

The CPU 504 transmits frequency division data stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 506 to the counter timer 512 via the data bus at a predetermined timing. The counter timer 512 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data and sends an interrupt request to the CPU 404 at each interrupt time. The CPU 504 controls each IC and circuit based on the timing of this interrupt request.

Furthermore, the second sub-control unit 500 is equipped with a VDP 516 (video display processor), to which a ROM 506 and VRAM 518 are connected via a bus. The VDP 516 reads image data stored in the ROM 506 based on signals from the CPU 504, generates a display image using the work area of the VRAM 518, and displays the image on the image display device 157.

<Demo screen transitions>
Next, the demo screen transitions according to this embodiment will be explained using Figures 3 and 4. As mentioned above, the slot machine 100 is a machine exclusively for betting three coins.

In this embodiment, the demo screen is initiated when (A) the number of medals acquired on the day (MY) reaches a predetermined number L, and (1) a waiting time M has elapsed since all reels stopped, (2) the number of bets (number of tokens wagered) is not the predetermined number, i.e., when the number of tokens wagered is 1 or 2, and a waiting time M has elapsed since the tokens were inserted, or (3) a waiting time M has elapsed since some operation was performed on the gaming machine.

Here, "any operation on the gaming machine" refers to operations on the counting button 171 or the payout button 143, or operations on the buttons for accessing the player menu screen or adjusting the volume and brightness of the effects. These operations are accepted during the period before gameplay begins (non-gameplay period), and the demo screen starts after the last operation is performed and the waiting time M has elapsed. In this embodiment, the predetermined number of tokens L is 1000 tokens and the waiting time M is 1 minute, but these are not limiting factors.

Here, MY refers to the number of medals acquired from the point where the daily difference in medal count (the cumulative difference between the number of medals inserted and the number of medals paid out in a single game (paid out - inserted)) was minimized (i.e., the point where the player experienced the worst losing streak). Furthermore, the stopping of all reels indicates a state where the game is waiting to begin, and more precisely, it means that the medal insertion ready lamp 124 is lit.

Figure 3(A) shows a time chart for the demo screen transition in the case of a bet of 0 in this embodiment (cases (A) and (1) above). In this case, as shown in Figure 3(A), the liquid crystal display device 157 continues to display the game screen d1 (Figure 4(B-1) described later), but since no medals are bet, the demo screen d2 (Figures 4(B-2) to (B-4) described later; the configuration of demo screen d2 will be described in detail later) starts to be displayed at time t2, after the waiting time M has elapsed from time t1 when all reels stop. The demo screen d2 is displayed from time t1 until time t3, when the predetermined number of 3 medals are bet.

Figure 3(B) shows a time chart for the demo screen transition in the case of a bet of 2 in the conventional system. In the conventional system, if the number of medals bet was less than the specified number, as shown in Figure 3(B), the demo screen d2 was not displayed even at time t5, after the waiting time M had elapsed from the time of bet t4. Instead, the game screen d1 continued to be displayed. In other words, conventionally, the system was configured so that the demo screen d2 would not be displayed if the number of medals bet was less than the specified number.

Therefore, conventionally, even if a game ended with fewer than the required number of tokens bet, the demo screen would not appear. This made it difficult to recognize the machine as vacant, leading to the problem of machines being left unattended for extended periods.

In contrast, Figure 4(A) shows a time chart for the demo screen transition in the case of a bet of 2 in this embodiment (the case of (A) and (2) above). In this case, as shown in Figure 4(A), the game screen d1 is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157, continuing from the previous game. However, at time t5, after the waiting time M has elapsed from time t4 when a number of medals less than the specified number is bet, the demo screen d2 is displayed. The demo screen d2 is displayed until time t3, when the specified number of medals (3 medals) is bet, similar to Figure 3(A).

As a result, in this embodiment, even if the game ends with fewer than the specified number of tokens bet, the system transitions to demo screen d2, making it easier to recognize that the machine is vacant. In other words, it prevents machines from being left vacant for extended periods.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the slot machine 100 allows operation of the bet button 132 even when the number of credits is one or two, and one or two tokens are inserted.

Here, we will explain the configuration and display examples of demo screen d2 using Figures 3(A), 4(A), and 4(B) mentioned above.

Figure 4(B-1) shows an example of the game screen d1 display, and Figures 4(B-2) to (B-4) show examples of the demo screen d2 display. In this embodiment, the demo screen d2, as shown in Figures 3(A) and 4(A), is specifically composed of a performance introduction display screen d2A, a machine name display screen d2B, a warning display screen d2C, and a company name display screen d2D. Each demo screen is controlled to be displayed sequentially and cyclically after a predetermined display time has elapsed, in the following order: performance introduction display screen d2A → machine name display screen d2B → warning display screen d2C → company name display screen d2D → performance introduction display screen d2A →…

The performance introduction screen d2A, as shown in Figure 4 (B-2), is a demo display screen that introduces the performances executed in the slot machine 100. The model name display screen d2B is a demo display screen that displays the model name of the slot machine 100 (not shown). The warning display screen d2C, as shown in Figure 4 (B-3), is a demo display screen that displays a message warning against excessive gambling (for example, "Be careful not to get addicted!"). The company name display screen d2D is a demo display screen that displays the name of the company that manufactures and sells the slot machine 100 (not shown).

Furthermore, as shown in Figures 3(A) and 4(A), the demo screen d2 of this embodiment displays the maximum number of photos d10. The maximum number of photos d10 is an image that displays the maximum MY value for the day. In this embodiment, the maximum number of photos d10 is displayed when the maximum MY value is 1000 or more, and not displayed when the maximum MY value is less than 1000. Therefore, the number displayed in the maximum number of photos d10 will be 1000 or more. As shown in Figures 4(B-2) to (B-4), the maximum number of photos d10 is displayed together with the demo screen d2.

As a result, the maximum number of coins display d10 of this embodiment is displayed on the demo screen d2 only when the number of coins won is such that it would give the player a sense of satisfaction. Therefore, it is possible to avoid giving a negative impression to players who see the maximum number of coins display d10. Furthermore, when the demo screen d2 is displayed during non-gameplay, the maximum number of coins display d10 is displayed only when the maximum MY value for the day is equal to or greater than a predetermined number (1000 coins). This allows the system to appeal to players by indicating that an available machine is a "payout machine," thereby encouraging them to play. Conversely, when the maximum MY value for the day is less than the predetermined number (1000 coins), the maximum number of coins display d10 is not displayed, thus avoiding giving the negative impression that the machine is a "non-payout machine."

Furthermore, since the maximum number of coins d10 is displayed using the LCD display device 157 of the slot machine 100, it is easy to find an available machine without being distracted by the data display on each individual machine. As a result, it is possible to prevent disputes between customers where a player starts playing on a machine reserved by another player.

Furthermore, the maximum number of coins displayed (d10) on demo screen d2 eliminates the need for player interaction compared to transitioning from the menu screen to display rankings of acquired coins, displays of acquired coins, and the number of times the game has been controlled to a favorable state.

Furthermore, if the game ends with fewer than the required number of tokens bet, the system transitions to demo screen d2 and displays the maximum number of tokens d10. This prevents machines from being left vacant for extended periods and encourages players to continue playing.

In this embodiment, the maximum number of frames display d10 is displayed on the performance introduction display screen d2A, the model name display screen d2B, and the warning display screen d2C, but is not displayed on the company name display screen d2D. However, this is not limited to this configuration. For example, the demo screen d2 may not be displayed on the warning display screen d2C, or the demo screen d2 may be displayed on the company name display screen d2D.

<Slump Graph>
Next, using Figure 5, the display of the maximum number of coins d10 and the pre-notification d20 according to this embodiment will be explained. Figure 5 is an example of a slump graph showing the change in the number of coins for the slot machine 100.

The slot machine 100 of this embodiment has a completion function. The completion function is a feature that disables gameplay for the day when the number of tokens won (MY) for the day reaches a predetermined number MA (for example, 19,000 tokens in this embodiment). The pre-notification d20 is a visual display that notifies the player that the day's MY is approaching this predetermined number MA. In this embodiment, when MY reaches 18,500 tokens or more, the pre-notification d20 is activated, and the number of tokens remaining until the predetermined number MA is displayed.

Figure 4 (B-4) shows an example of the display of the pre-notification d20 on the demo screen d2. As shown in Figure 4 (B-4), the pre-notification d20 is displayed on the demo screen d2 together with the maximum number display d10. Note that the maximum number display d10 is displayed larger than the pre-notification d20, making it more prominent.

According to Figure 5, the minimum difference in the number of tokens is -2000 at time T1, so MY is calculated based on the number of tokens gained from this minimum value of -2000. From time T0 to time T4, MY is 1000 or less, so the maximum number of tokens display d10 is not displayed on demo screen d2. Hereafter, the section in which the maximum number of tokens display d10 is not displayed on demo screen d2 is called the "maximum number not displayed section," and the section in which the maximum number of tokens display d10 is displayed on demo screen d2 is called the "maximum number displayed section." The section from time T0 to time T4 is the maximum number not displayed section. On the other hand, the section from time T4 onward is the section after MY reaches 1000 or more, and therefore becomes the maximum number displayed section.

From time point T4 to time point T5, the MY value increases, so the value of the maximum number of medals displayed d10 is updated (shown in Figure 5 as "Maximum Number Updated"). Then, at time T5, the maximum number of medals displayed d10 is 1500. Next, from time point T5 to time point T9, although the MY value decreases or increases, MY does not exceed 1500, so the value of the maximum number of medals displayed d10 remains at 1500 (shown in Figure 5 as "Maximum 1500 medals"). In this way, even in periods where the number of medals decreases, the maximum MY value up to that point is displayed, allowing the machine to be advertised as having the potential to pay out the maximum number of medals displayed d10.

From time point T9 to time point T11, the MY value increases, so the value of the maximum number of medals displayed d10 is updated. Here, from time point T10 to time point T11, although the state is normal and not AT state, the number of medals acquired increases slightly, so the value of the maximum number of medals displayed d10 is updated. Thus, in this embodiment, the updated maximum number of medals displayed d10 is shown on the demo screen d2 whether in AT state or normal state. Then, at time T11, the maximum number of medals displayed d10 is 3020. Next, from time point T11 to time point T13, the MY value decreases or increases, but since MY does not exceed 3020, the value of the maximum number of medals displayed d10 remains 3020 (shown as "Maximum 3020 medals" in Figure 5).

From time point T13 to time point T15, the MY value increases, so the value of the maximum number of coins displayed d10 is updated during this period. At time T14, the MY value reaches 18500, so the display of the pre-announcement d20 begins from time T14 onward. The pre-announcement d20 is displayed until MY reaches 19500 coins. At time T15, the maximum number of coins displayed d10 is 18700. Subsequently, from time T15 to time T17, although the MY value decreases or increases, MY does not exceed 18700, so the value of the maximum number of coins displayed d10 remains at 18700 (shown as "Maximum 18700 coins" in Figure 5).

In this embodiment, the maximum number of tokens display d10 is displayed only after the MY value for the day reaches 1000 or more. This prevents the negative impression of a "non-paying machine" from being created, thereby encouraging players to continue playing. Furthermore, even if the MY value decreases, the maximum MY value up to that point continues to be displayed, appealing to players as a machine with potential. Moreover, when the MY value is 18500 or more, the pre-announcement d20 is displayed along with the maximum number of tokens display d10, allowing players to understand the remaining number of tokens up to the predetermined number of 19000.

Furthermore, while Figure 5 shows a slump graph where the number of tokens dispensed increased from time T8, we will now supplement the case where the number of tokens dispensed did not increase after time T8. Even if the number of tokens dispensed continues to decrease from time T8 and the net number of tokens falls below -1500, the maximum number of tokens display d10 will still show "1500". This is because the maximum MY (the maximum increase from the minimum value) of 1500 has not been updated. If, for example, the number of tokens dispensed increases after reaching -3000, and the number of tokens dispensed does not increase to -1500, the maximum MY of 1500 is not updated, so the maximum number of tokens display d10 will show "1500". However, if the number of tokens dispensed increases beyond -1500, the maximum MY will be updated beyond 1500, and the maximum number of tokens display d10 will show the updated maximum MY value.

<How the slot machine works>
・Maximum number of sheets update process Next, the maximum number of sheets update process will be explained using Figure 6. Figure 6 is a sequence diagram showing the flow of the maximum number of sheets update process executed by the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400.

When the main control unit 300 enters a state of waiting to start a game, it transmits the current MY value (MY value up to the previous game) to the first sub-control unit 400 (step S101). Here, the state of waiting to start a game means that tokens can be inserted, or more precisely, the state where the token insertion ready lamp 124 is lit. As a result, the first sub-control unit 400 receives the current MY value NV.

Next, the main control unit 300 receives a game start operation via the operation of the start lever 135 (step S102) and performs a wait until the reels 110-112 begin to rotate (step S103). Meanwhile, the first sub-control unit 400 refers to the MY value transmitted in step S101 during this wait period (step S201). This allows the first sub-control unit 400 to determine the current MY value NV.

Next, when the wait period ends, the main control unit 300 rotates reels 110-112 (step S104), and upon receiving a stop operation from stop buttons 137-139 (step S105), stops the corresponding reels 110-112. Based on the stopping patterns of all reels 110-112, the main control unit 300 performs a prize determination process and a medal payout process (step S106). In the prize determination process, if a combination of symbols corresponding to a winning combination is displayed on an activated winning line, it is determined that a prize has been won. In the medal payout process, if a winning combination that pays out has been won, the number of medals corresponding to that winning combination is paid out. Also in step S106, the main control unit 300 transmits the number of medals inserted BV and the number of medals paid out OV for the game to the first sub-control unit 400.

As a result, the first sub-control unit 400 receives the number of tokens inserted BV and the number of tokens paid out OV in the game (step S202), and calculates the remaining number of tokens ZV until the complete function is activated (step S203). Specifically, the remaining number of tokens ZV = specified number of tokens MA - received MY value NV - (number of tokens paid out OV - number of tokens inserted BV). For example, if the specified number of tokens MA is 19000, the MY value NV is 5000, the number of tokens inserted is 3, and the number of tokens paid out is 10, the remaining number of tokens ZV will be 13993.

Next, the first sub-control unit 400 calculates a new MY value (hereinafter referred to as "this MY value") NV that reflects the current game. Specifically, this MY value NV = prescribed number of tokens MA - remaining number of tokens ZV. For example, if the prescribed number of tokens MA is 19000 and the remaining number of tokens ZV calculated in step S203 is 13993, then this MY value NV will be 5007 tokens.

Next, the first sub-control unit 400 determines whether the current MY value NV is greater than the current maximum number of sheets display d10's display value DV (hereinafter also referred to as the "demo MY display value") (step S205). If the current MY value NV is greater than the demo MY display value DV (step S205: YES), the first sub-control unit 400 sets the current MY value NV to the demo MY display value DV (step S206). Otherwise (step S205: NO), the maximum number of sheets update process is terminated.

Meanwhile, after completing the processing in step S106, the main control unit 300 executes a counter update process to calculate MY (step S107), and then returns to step S101.

Thus, according to the maximum number update process of this embodiment, the demo MY display value is updated only when the current MY value is greater than the demo MY display value. Therefore, the demo MY display value does not decrease, but only remains the same or increases. In other words, the maximum number display d10 shown on the demo screen d2 does not decrease, which can encourage players to continue playing.

・Maximum Number Display Processing Next, the maximum number display processing (hereinafter simply referred to as "maximum number display processing") on demo screen d2 will be explained using Figures 7(A) and (B). Figure 7(A) is a flowchart showing the flow of the maximum number display processing executed by the second sub-control unit 500. The maximum number display processing is a process that is executed at predetermined intervals (timer interrupt time).

The second sub-control unit 500 determines whether it has detected either a display marker or a hide marker (steps S301, S305). Here, the display marker indicates the start of displaying the Demo MY display value DV on the screen while the Demo screen d2 is being displayed, and the hide marker indicates the start of hiding the Demo MY display value DV on the screen. In this embodiment, as shown in Figure 7(C-1), a display marker is placed at the beginning of the performance introduction screen d2A, which constitutes the Demo screen d2, and a hide marker is placed at the beginning of the company name screen d2D. Therefore, if a display marker is detected on the currently displayed Demo screen d2, the system controls the display of the Demo MY display value DV on the screen thereafter. If a hide marker is detected, the system controls the display of the Demo MY display value DV thereafter.

When the second sub-control unit 500 detects a display marker (step S301: YES), specifically, in the performance introduction screen d2A, the model name screen d2B, and the warning screen d2C, it sets the current Demo MY display value DV to the extended command "Demo MY value" (step S302), and then sets the display mode corresponding to the current Demo MY display value DV to the extended command "Demo MY color" (step S303). After step S303, the process proceeds to step S307.

Here, the extended command is a parameter associated with the liquid crystal command, as shown in Figure 7(B). The "Demo MY Numerical Value," which indicates the value of the Demo MY display value DV, and the "Demo MY Color," which indicates the color of the Demo MY display value DV, are stored at predetermined bit positions within the 1-byte liquid crystal command. In this embodiment, the Demo MY Color is set to either display or hide, and, if displayed, to a value related to the color, depending on the value of the Demo MY display value DV. Specifically, (1) if Demo MY display value DV ≤ 999, it is hidden; (2) if 1000 ≤ Demo MY display value DV ≤ 2999, it is silver; (3) if 3000 ≤ Demo MY display value DV ≤ 4999, it is gold; and (4) if Demo MY display value DV ≥ 5000, it is rainbow-colored. Thus, in step S303, the display or hide setting and the display color are determined.

Furthermore, if the second sub-control unit 500 detects a hidden marker (step S305: YES), it sets the extended command "Demo MY Color" to "Hidden" (step S306). After step S306, the process proceeds to step S307.

On the other hand, if the second sub-control unit 500 does not detect either the display marker or the non-display marker (step S301: NO, step S305: NO), it proceeds to step S307.

Next, the second sub-control unit 500 executes a display update process (step S307). In the display update process, an image is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157 based on the value set in the liquid crystal display command.

As described above, with the maximum number of tokens display processing of this embodiment, the demo MY display value is displayed on the demo screen d2 only when MY is 1000 or more, allowing for the appeal of tokens on available machines and encouraging players to play. Furthermore, since the display color changes according to the value of the demo MY display value, the token situation can be visually appealed to through the display color. Also, since the display and hiding of the demo MY display value are controlled by display markers and hide markers, it can flexibly adapt to changes in the configuration of the demo screen d2.

In this embodiment, even if the Demo MY display value DV is less than 1000, the "Demo MY value" is set, but the "Demo MY color" is hidden, thereby preventing the display of the maximum number of items d10 on the demo screen d2 (first method). However, other control methods may be used to prevent the display of the maximum number of items d10 on the demo screen d2 when the Demo MY display value DV is less than 1000. For example, when the Demo MY display value DV is less than 1000, the "Demo MY value" may not be set (second method). The first method has the advantage of reducing the amount of program code, but it also has the disadvantage that if there is a problem with the data, the maximum number of items d10 may be displayed at an unintended time. On the other hand, the second method has the advantage of more reliable control over display/hide, but it also has the disadvantage of increasing the amount of program code because a branching algorithm is added.

In this embodiment, as shown in Figure 7(C-1), a display marker is placed at the beginning of the presentation screen d2A and a hidden marker at the beginning of the company name screen d2D. However, as shown in 7(C-2), a hidden marker may be placed at the beginning of the company name screen d2D and a display marker at the end of the company name screen d2D. The same control as shown in Figure 7(C-1) can be performed.

<Different example>
In this embodiment, the maximum number of tokens display d10 is set to display the maximum MY value for the day, but it may also be set to display the maximum number of tokens paid out. In the case of the number of tokens paid out, the number of tokens bet is not taken into consideration, so a larger number can be displayed, and the appeal of winning tokens can be further emphasized. In addition, in this embodiment, the maximum number of tokens display d10 is set to reflect the difference in the number of tokens obtained by irregular button presses, but it may be set so that the difference in tokens is not reflected in the case of irregular button presses. It is possible to display a larger number of tokens than the number of tokens obtained displayed on the results screen that is displayed when a favorable game ends.

In this embodiment, when the number of bets is not the specified number, i.e., when the number of bets is 1 or 2, the demo screen is started after the waiting time M has elapsed since the medal was inserted. However, the demo screen may also be started when the number of bets is the specified number, i.e., when the number of bets is 3. Furthermore, the demo screen may be started after the waiting time M has elapsed when a replay is won. In this embodiment, the waiting time M was set to 1 minute, but the waiting time M may be variable depending on the conditions. For example, the waiting time M may be 40 seconds when the number of bets is 0, 60 seconds when the number of bets is 1 or 2, and 120 seconds when the number of bets is 3 (and the same applies to replays). A shorter time may be used when the number of bets is 0 because there is a high probability that the game will be completely stopped, while a longer waiting time may be used when the number of bets is 1 or more because there is a high probability that the player is temporarily away from their seat (especially when the number of bets is 3). This reduces the annoyance of frequently transitioning to the demo screen d2 even when the game is not stopped.

Also, the medal count display device 170
Even if there are medals stored (number of medals > 0), the demo screen may be set to start after the waiting time M has elapsed. This configuration prevents malicious players from intentionally leaving only one medal and leaving the store to reduce the operation of the gaming machine, compared to a configuration where the demo screen does not start when the number of medals > 0 on the medal count display device 170.

On the other hand, the demo screen may be configured to start after a waiting time M has elapsed when no medals are stored in the medal count display device 170 (medal count = 0). This configuration prevents problems such as another player playing the game even though medals are stored in the medal count storage device 170.

Alternatively, if the medal count display device 170 shows "medal count > 0", the demo screen may be started after a waiting time M has elapsed, provided the bet amount is 0 (i.e., if the bet amount ≠ 0, the demo screen will not appear even after the waiting time M has elapsed). This configuration eliminates both the aforementioned trolling and problems. Note that the demo screen may also be started even if the bet amount ≠ 0 when the medal count display device 170 shows "medal count > 0".

Furthermore, the above embodiments may be combined, and if the medal count display device 170 shows "medal count = 0" and a non-playable bet is set, the demo screen may start after the waiting time M has elapsed. Also, if the medal count display device 170 shows "medal count > 0", the demo screen may start after the waiting time M has elapsed, provided the bet is 0.

Furthermore, the demo screen may not start depending on the state of the game at that time. For example, if the game state is one in which the payout is increasing (during a bonus round or AT), the demo screen may not start even after the waiting time M has elapsed. Conversely, if the payout is not increasing, the demo screen may start after the waiting time M has elapsed. Also, if a continuous performance spanning multiple games is in progress, the demo screen may not start even after the waiting time M has elapsed. Conversely, if a continuous performance is not in progress, the demo screen may start after the waiting time M has elapsed.

Furthermore, the result screen displayed at the end of a favorable game and the maximum number of tokens display d10 may be displayed together or separately. In the former case, the number of tokens won in that favorable game and the maximum number of tokens for the day can be checked simultaneously, allowing for a comprehensive review of payout information and eliminating the need to operate data displays, for example. In the latter case, multiple token counts are displayed, preventing confusion for the player. Additionally, if the result screen is displayed, the waiting time M may be shortened. This allows for quicker notification of available machines.

Furthermore, a configuration that sometimes displays the number of acquired items and sometimes does not may also be applied to the results screen.
For example, if the results screen consists of a background screen and a display of the number of coins won, and the number of coins won during a favorable game such as a bonus or AT is small (for example, less than 100 coins), the results screen at the end of the favorable game may display only the background screen without showing the number of coins won. On the other hand, if the number of coins won during a favorable game such as a bonus or AT is large (for example, 100 coins or more), the results screen at the end of the favorable game may display both the number of coins won and the background screen. The background screen may also provide some kind of hint. This reduces stress on the player because the screen does not unnecessarily display situations where the number of coins won is small. Also, if there are players who quit playing and leave the store after seeing the results screen, the machine's usage may decrease because it will not display situations where the number of coins won is small. The "certain hint" may, for example, be something that hints at the machine's settings. Also, if there are multiple modes before a favorable game such as a bonus, AT, or CZ is awarded, the hint may be something that indicates one of those modes. Furthermore, if multiple modes are predetermined, the suggestion may be something like "Mode A will be used M times out of N times." In this way, when a suggestion is made on the background screen, even if the number of acquired coins is not displayed, the result screen may display the background screen containing the suggestion. This can reduce player stress while increasing their motivation to continue playing. Also, when the number of acquired coins is small, the suggestion with a higher degree of advantage may be displayed more frequently than when the number of acquired coins is large. This can further reduce player stress while increasing their motivation to continue playing.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the maximum number of tokens display d10 was shown on the liquid crystal display device 157, but the device for displaying the maximum number of tokens display d10 is not limited to this. For example, the maximum number of tokens display d10 may be displayed on a data display device installed on the slot machine 100. In this case as well, it is possible to appeal to the player about the potential payout and avoid giving the impression that the machine is "not paying out."

For example, the data display device may be configured to display the maximum number of tokens d10 when the gaming machine is not in play mode and/or displaying a demonstration. Alternatively, the data display device may determine that the machine is not in play mode if no operation signal (a signal indicating 1G progress) is received from the gaming machine within a predetermined time M, and may display the maximum number of tokens d10 accordingly. Furthermore, the data display device may display the maximum number of tokens d10 upon receiving a signal from a hall employee indicating that the machine is available.

<Summary of the Embodiments>
As described above, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
A gaming machine equipped with display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a first sub-control unit 400, a second sub-control unit 500),
The display means is a means capable of displaying the number of game values acquired based on the number of bets and payouts at a first timing (for example, the timing of displaying the demo screen d2),
The display means is a means capable of displaying the number acquired at the first timing when the first condition is met (for example, when the minimum MY value reaches 1000 coins),
The first condition mentioned above is a condition that is met when the number of acquired items is equal to or greater than a predetermined number (for example, 1,000 items).
This will be the first basic structure.

This first basic configuration allows for an appealing payout while avoiding the impression of a machine that doesn't pay out, thereby enhancing the enjoyment of the game.

In the first basic configuration described above,
The aforementioned display means is a means that may perform a demonstration display (for example, displaying demo screen d2) when a second condition is met (for example, a predetermined time has elapsed after all reels have stopped, or a predetermined time has elapsed since a bet operation) in a non-game state (for example, demo state) where no game is being played.
The first timing mentioned above is the timing when the demonstration display is being executed.
This is considered the first preferred configuration.

According to the first preferred configuration, it is possible to appeal to players by displaying payouts on vacant gaming machines, thereby encouraging them to play.

In the first preferred configuration described above,
It comprises a first bet number that allows for gameplay (for example, 3 cards) and a second bet number that does not allow for gameplay (for example, 2 cards),
The display means is a means that may perform a demonstration display when the second condition is met, even when neither the first bet nor the second bet has been set.
The display means is a means that may perform a demonstration display when the second condition is met while the second bet is set.
The second condition is one that is met when a predetermined time (for example, 1 minute) has elapsed in the non-playing state.
This constitutes a second preferred configuration.

According to the second preferred configuration, even if a machine is left unplayed with an unplayable bet amount set, it can still be recognized as an available machine.

In the second preferred configuration,
A memory means for storing game value (for example, RAM 308, medal count control unit 350, etc.),
An operating means (for example, a bet button 132) that can set the first bet amount from the game value stored in the storage means based on one operation,
Equipped with,
The operating means is a means for setting the first bet number based on the first operation when the game value stored in the storage means satisfies the first bet number,
The operating means is a means for setting the second bet number based on the first operation when the game value stored in the storage means is the second bet number.
This constitutes a third preferred configuration.

According to the third preferred configuration, the processing when the operating means is operated can be standardized, thus reducing the processing capacity in the development process. Furthermore,
If a gaming machine is equipped with a medal count display device, when the remaining number of game value tokens stored in the medal count display device is, for example, 1 or 2 tokens, the number of tokens can be set by operating the control device, and the remaining number of game value tokens stored in the medal count display device can be set to 0, making it easier to recognize that the machine is available. Furthermore, if a player leaves the store with the remaining number of game value tokens stored in the medal count display device at 1 or 2 tokens, the store staff would have to return the remaining tokens to the dispensing device or reset the medal count display device during closing (or opening) operations such as maintenance or preparation for the next business day. By reducing such tasks, this can contribute to improving the operations of the gaming store.

Furthermore, according to the display device of the above embodiment (for example, a display connected to a slot machine 100),
A display device provided in conjunction with a gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100) and capable of displaying information about the gaming machine,
The display device is capable of displaying the number of game values acquired based on the number of bets and payouts made in the game on the gaming machine.
The display device is capable of displaying the number of winnings when the first condition is met (for example, when the minimum MY value of the slot machine 100 reaches 1000 coins).
The first condition mentioned above is a condition that is met when the number of acquired items is equal to or greater than a predetermined number (for example, 1,000 items).
This will be the second basic structure.

This second basic configuration allows for an appealing payout while avoiding the impression of a machine that doesn't pay out, thereby enhancing the enjoyment of the game.

In the basic configuration described in the second section above,
The aforementioned gaming machine may perform a demonstration display even when no game is being played (for example, in demo mode).
The display device is capable of displaying the number of winnings when the gaming machine is in the non-playing state.
This constitutes a fourth preferred configuration.

According to the fourth preferred configuration, it is possible to appeal to players by displaying payouts on vacant gaming machines, thereby encouraging them to play.

[Second Embodiment]
The visual effects devices (lamps, speakers, moving parts, etc.) on gaming machines are important devices that contribute to enhancing the enjoyment of the game. Therefore, stability is required in the data communication between the control unit (CPU) and the drive unit (driver IC) when controlling these visual effects devices. For example, data communication that is resistant to noise and can flexibly handle differences in the type and version of drive unit (components) is desired.

In the second embodiment, a gaming machine that solves the above-mentioned problems is provided. In the following description, only the configurations, functions, and processes that differ from the first embodiment will be described; other configurations, functions, and processes will be omitted from description, with the same reference numerals used for identical parts.

<Connection Configuration>
In this embodiment (second embodiment), the communication method used when the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400 shown in Figure 2 transmits control signals to the drive circuit 422 that drives the various lamps 420 will be described.

Figure 8(A) is a functional block diagram of the first sub-control unit 400 of this embodiment. In detail, the communication method when the CPU 404 transmits a control signal to the drive circuit 422X to drive the frame lamp 420X and transmits a control signal to the drive circuit 422Y to drive the side lamp 420Y will be described.

Here, the drive circuit 422X consists of an LED driver ICxxx, and the drive circuit 422Y consists of an LED driver ICyyy (xxx and yyy indicate the IC model number and type). The top lamp 420X is a lamp driven by ICxxx, and the side lamp 422Y is a lamp driven by ICyyy. ICxxx and the top lamp 420X are mounted on the top lamp board, and ICyyy and the side lamp 422Y are mounted on the side lamp board.

Figure 9(A) shows an example of an LED driver for ICxxx, and Figure 9(B) shows an example of an LED driver for ICyyy. As shown in Figure 9, the LED drivers for ICxxx and ICyyy are different types of drivers. Different types of drivers mean, for example, drivers with different pin configurations and therefore different performance. The terminals shown in the pin configuration are assigned to RGB terminals, data input terminals, data output terminals, power terminals, GND terminals, CS signal (chip select), etc. Even with the same driver, different pin configurations will result in different performance (for example, functions to reduce noise, functions to reduce brightness for cooling when temperature rises, etc.).

In this embodiment, the drive circuit 422X that drives the frame lamp 420X and the drive circuit 422Y that drives the side lamp 420Y are of different types, but this is not limited to this configuration. As shown in Figures 8(B-1) and (B-2), the same type of drive circuit may be connected, or, as shown in this embodiment and Figure 8(B-3), different types of drive circuits may be mixed. As will be explained in more detail later, this is because the packet structure of the control signals transmitted from the CPU 404 is the same regardless of the type of IC used in the drive circuit 422.

<Communication Method>
Next, using Figure 10, we will explain the communication method when the CPU 404 of this embodiment transmits a control signal (hereinafter referred to as "control data") to the drive circuit 422.

Figure 10(A) schematically shows the packet structure of control data CD1 for ICxxx, and Figure 10(B) schematically shows the packet structure of control data CD2 for ICxxx.

As shown in Figures 10(A) and (B), the configuration of the control data CD for the LED driver is the same regardless of the type of LED driver (control data is collectively referred to as CD). As shown in Figures 10(A) and (B), the control data CD consists of 8 bytes of data, including a start command, slave address, subaddress, data byte, stop command, and noise suppression command. Each item in the control data CD consists of 1 byte (8 bits).

The start command is a data item indicating the start of a packet, and in this embodiment, the value FFh (111111111) is set. The slave address and subaddress are the destination addresses of the control data CD, and the addresses of the LED driver are set. The data byte is set to a value indicating the control content for the controlled object. The stop command is a data item indicating the end of a packet, and in this embodiment, the value 81h (10000001) is set. The noise suppression command is a characteristic component of the control data CD in this embodiment, and it plays a role in ensuring stable data communication even when noise bits are mixed into the control data CD due to noise generation, or when a part of the control data CD is missing (the increase and/or loss of bits due to noise is sometimes collectively referred to as "bit shift"). In this embodiment, the value 00h (00000000) is set.

The premise of the communication method in this embodiment is as follows: The first sub-control unit 400 is configured to transmit control signals to multiple lamps 420 simultaneously each time a timer interrupt process is executed periodically. Therefore, for example, when transmitting control signals to both the drive circuit 422X for the frame lamp 420X and the drive circuit 422Y for the side lamp 420Y in a single timer interrupt process, a command group consisting of control data CD1 shown in Figure 10(A) and control data CD2 shown in Figure 10(B) is transmitted to both the drive circuit 422X and the drive circuit 422Y. The receiving drive circuits 422X and 422Y retrieve the control data CD addressed to themselves from the received command group and discard the other control data CDs. Specifically, after recognizing the boundary of a control data CD based on the start and stop commands, the drive circuits 422X and 422Y acquire the control data CD addressed to themselves based on the values of the slave address and sub-address.

In conventional data communication methods, the problems shown in Figures 10(C1) and (C2) have occurred. Note that the conventional control data packet structure consists of control data OCD, which is the control data CD of this embodiment with the noise suppression command removed. That is, control data OCD is control data composed of a start command, slave address, subaddress, data byte, and stop command.

Figure 10(C1) schematically shows data communication when no noise is present in either control data OCD1 or control data OCD2, and Figure 10(C2) schematically shows data communication when noise is present in control data OCD1. In Figures 10(C1) to (C3), control data OCD1 is used to describe the control data for the first IC (specifically, ICxxx), and control data OCD2 is used to describe the control data for the second IC (specifically, ICyyy).

Conventionally, as shown in Figure 10(C1), the drive circuit 422X for the frame lamp 420X and the drive circuit 422Y for the side lamp 420Y each received and acquired control data OCD for themselves based on the start command, stop command, and slave address information, as described above.

However, as shown in Figure 10 (C2), if noise is introduced into the control data OCD1 and the control data OCD1 increases by one bit, a problem occurs where the drive circuit 422Y receives the control data CD2 addressed to itself as data shifted by one bit. Specifically, the last bit of the stop command in control data OCD1 is mistakenly recognized and received as the first bit of the start command in control data OCD2.

In contrast, Figure 10 (C3) schematically shows data communication when noise is mixed into the control data CD1 of this embodiment.

In this embodiment, if noise is introduced into the control data CD1 and the number of bits in control data CD1 increases by one, a noise suppression command is inserted between the stop command of control data CD1 and the start command of control data CD2. Therefore, the drive circuit 422Y can correctly receive control data CD2 without misinterpreting the last bit of the stop command in control data CD1 as the first bit of the start command in control data CD2.

In this embodiment, when the leading bit value FB (specifically 1) of the start command of the control data CD and the trailing bit value LB (specifically 1) of the stop command of the control data CD are the same, a noise suppression command consisting of a different bit value (specifically 0) is inserted between the stop command of the first control data CD1 and the start command of the second control data CD2. Therefore, even if noise is introduced into the first control data CD1, the presence of the noise suppression command eliminates the bit misalignment, clearly indicating the end position of the control data CD1. As a result, the drive circuit 422Y can reliably receive the control data CD2 addressed to it.

Furthermore, while Figure 10 (C3) illustrates data communication when noise is present in the control data CD1 of this embodiment, even if bits are missing from the control data CD1, the presence of noise suppression commands similarly eliminates bit misalignment, clearly indicating the end position of the control data CD1. Therefore, the drive circuit 422Y can reliably receive the control data CD2 addressed to itself.

As described above, the control data CD of this embodiment adds noise suppression commands to the configuration of the conventional control data OCD. Therefore, even if data anomalies such as bit increases or losses occur in the preceding control data CD 1, the presence of the noise suppression commands can resolve the data anomalies in the preceding control data CD 1. This prevents the subsequent control data CD 2 from being affected by the data anomalies, enabling stable communication of the subsequent control data CD 2.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the start command for the control data CD is set to FFh (11111111), but it is not limited to this; for example, it may be set to F0h (11110000). Similarly, in this embodiment, the noise suppression command for the control data CD is set to 00h (00000000), but it is not limited to this. For example, if the start command for the control data CD is FFh (11111111) and the stop command is 81h (10000001), the noise suppression command may be set to F0h (11110000). In this case as well, the presence of the noise suppression command eliminates bit misalignment and allows each control data CD to be clearly separated.

In other words, if the last bit value of the stop command and the first bit value of the start command on the control data CD are the same, the noise suppression command will consist of bit values different from the last bit value of the stop command and the first bit value of the start command on the control data CD. Therefore, even if an abnormality occurs in one control data CD, subsequent control data CDs can be treated as normal control data CDs. To put it another way, the noise suppression command is designed to prevent noise from affecting subsequent control data CDs, and even if the initial control data CD has data abnormalities due to noise, subsequent control data CDs are configured to maintain the state they were in before the noise occurred.

Furthermore, even when transmitting control data CDs to multiple drive circuits 422 using different types of ICs, the same packet structure is used for the control data CDs, and the same noise suppression commands are interposed between the control data CDs. This ensures stable communication and prevents delays in the development process. In other words, stabilizing communication contributes to improving the enjoyment of the game. Also, if a problem occurs with the supply of parts for one drive circuit 422, it is possible to use parts from other drive circuits 422, thus preventing delays in the development process.

In this embodiment, the method for communicating control data CD to the IC of the drive circuit 422 that controls the lamp 420 has been described, but this method can also be applied to communicating control data CD to amplifier ICs, motor ICs, and other components.

<Summary of Embodiments>
As described above, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple operating means (for example, lamp 420, etc.) capable of operating in a certain mode of operation,
Multiple driving means (for example, a driving circuit 422, etc.) for driving the multiple operating means,
Control means (e.g., CPU 404, etc.) that transmits control information (e.g., control data CD, etc.) for controlling the plurality of drive means to the plurality of drive means,
A gaming machine equipped with,
One of the aforementioned multiple operating means is the first operating means (for example, the frame-mounted lamp 420X, etc.),
One of the aforementioned multiple operating means is a second operating means (for example, a frame-top ramp 420Y, etc.),
One of the plurality of driving means is a first driving means (for example, a driving circuit 422X, etc.) that drives the first operating means.
One of the aforementioned multiple driving means is a second driving means (for example, a driving circuit 422Y, etc.) that drives the second operating means.
The control means transmits the control information to at least the first drive means and the second drive means.
The control information comprises at least first control information for controlling the first drive means (e.g., control data CD1 that does not include noise suppression commands), second control information for controlling the second drive means (e.g., control data CD2 that does not include noise suppression commands), and noise suppression information (e.g., noise suppression commands).
The noise countermeasure information is information that is sandwiched between the first control information and the second control information.
This is the first basic configuration. According to the first basic configuration, even if the first control information is affected by noise, the presence of noise countermeasure information allows the subsequent second control information to be transmitted correctly, thus minimizing the impact of noise and ensuring the stability of data communication.

In this first basic configuration,
The second driving means receives the second control information without bit shift occurring in the second control information, even if at least one of the omissions and additions occur in the configuration of the first control information due to noise, based on the intervention of the noise countermeasure information.
This is considered the first preferred configuration.

According to the first preferred configuration, even if noise causes omissions or additions to the structure of the first control information, the second drive means can correctly receive the second control information due to the intervention of noise countermeasure information, thereby ensuring the stability of data communication to the second drive means.

In this first preferred configuration,
The aforementioned first control information is information composed of multiple items (for example, a start command, a slave address, a subaddress, a data byte, a stop command, etc.),
The second control information is information composed of the multiple items,
The bit sequence including the end of the last item of the first control information (for example, the last bit) consists of the first information (for example, 1),
The bit sequence (for example, the first bit) including the beginning of the first item of the second control information is composed of the first information,
The bit sequence of the noise suppression information consists of a second piece of information (for example, 0) that is different from the first piece of information.
This constitutes a second preferred configuration.

According to the second preferred configuration, by making the bit sequence of noise suppression information different from the bit sequence containing the end of the last item of the first control information and the bit sequence containing the beginning of the first item of the second control information, the two control information can be clearly distinguished. Therefore, even if noise is mixed into the first control information or part of the first control information is missing, the second driving means can correctly receive the second control information.

In the second preferred configuration,
The first driving means is a different type of driving means from the second driving means (for example, ICxxx and ICYYY, etc.),
The bit sequence including the beginning of the first item of the first control information (for example, the first bit) consists of the first information (for example, 1),
A third preferred configuration is that the bit sequence including the end of the last item of the second control information (for example, the last bit) is composed of the first information.

According to the third preferred configuration, even if the first and second driving means are of different types, the bit sequence including the beginning of the first item and the bit sequence including the end of the last item of the first and second control information are identical and different from the bit sequence of the noise suppression information. Therefore, even if noise is mixed into the first control information or part of the first control information is missing, the second driving means can correctly receive the second control information.

[Third Embodiment]
The speakers in gaming machines are required to output sound stably. The third embodiment provides a gaming machine that solves this problem. In the following, only the configurations, functions, and processes that differ from the above embodiment will be described, and other configurations, functions, and processes will be described in more detail, with the same reference numerals used for the same parts.

<Speakers>
Figure 11 is an external view of the slot machine of this embodiment (third embodiment), showing the position of the speakers to which the audio amplifier IC 418 of this embodiment is connected. The slot machine 100 of this embodiment is equipped with upper speakers 272 (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b) located behind the sound hole 143, middle speakers 275 (middle left speaker 275a, middle right speaker 275b) located behind the winning line indicator lamp 120 and reel panel lamp 128, and lower speakers 277 (lower left speaker 277a, lower right speaker 277b) located behind the sound hole 145, and is characterized by the component layout of the audio circuit around the audio amplifier IC 418 connected to these three speakers. In other words, in this embodiment, the component layout of the audio circuit is designed to stably output sound.

Here, the upper left speaker 272a and the upper right speaker 272b of the upper speaker 272 are of the same type. Also, the left middle speaker 275a and the right middle speaker 275b of the middle speaker 275 are of the same type. Also, the lower left speaker 277a and the lower right speaker 277b of the lower speaker 277 are of the same type. On the other hand, the upper speaker 272 (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b) and the middle speaker 275 (left middle speaker 275a, right middle speaker 275b) are of different types. Furthermore, the middle speaker 275 (left middle speaker 275a, right middle speaker 275b) and the lower speaker 277 (left lower speaker 277a, right lower speaker 277b) are different types of speakers. Also, the upper speaker 272 (left upper speaker 272a, right upper speaker 272b) and the lower speaker 277 (left lower speaker 277a, right lower speaker 277b) are different types of speakers. Furthermore, there are audio circuits corresponding to the upper speaker 272 (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b), the middle speaker 275 (middle left speaker 275a, middle right speaker 275b), and the lower speaker 277 (lower left speaker 277a, lower right speaker 277b). This embodiment aims to enhance the enjoyment of the game by improving the functionality of these audio circuits.

<Audio circuit layout>
Figure 12(a) is a top view of the first sub-control board 401 on which the components of the first sub-control unit 400 are arranged, and shows the component layout of the audio circuit 450 around the audio amplifier IC 418. Hereafter, the +X direction in Figure 12 will be referred to as right, the -X direction as left, the +Y direction as up, and the -Y direction as down.
The substrate surface shown in Figure 12(a) of the first sub-control board 401 is sometimes referred to as the component surface or front surface, and the substrate surface on the opposite side is sometimes referred to as the solder surface or back surface.

As shown in Figure 12(a), the first sub-control board 401 includes an audio circuit 450A for the upper speaker 272, an audio circuit 450B for the middle speaker 275, an audio circuit 450C for the lower speaker 275, and an audio circuit 450D for the woofer. Audio circuits 450A and 450B are located at the left edge of the first sub-control board 401, and audio circuit 450C is located at the right edge of the first sub-control board 401. In other words, audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C (hereinafter, when referring to these three collectively, or including audio circuit 450D, they will be referred to as audio circuit 450) are all located close to the edge of the first sub-control board 401. The audio output from audio circuits 450 requires a large amount of power and thus a large power supply, resulting in a large magnetic field influence on other components. Therefore, the audio circuit 450 is positioned at the edge of the first sub-control board 401 (the CPU 404 is located in the center of the first sub-control board 401) to minimize interference with other logic communication signals and power supply systems.

Furthermore, audio circuits 450A and 450B are connected to connector CN1 near audio circuit 450A, and audio circuit 450C is connected to connector CN3 near audio circuit 450C. This is because audio circuits 450 require high power, and longer wiring would result in greater power loss due to voltage drop. Therefore, this is a measure to shorten the wiring length and avoid power loss. In other words, the first sub-control board 401 of this embodiment has a first connector (e.g., connector CN1) connected to audio circuit 450 (e.g., audio circuit 450A), and a second connector (e.g., connector CN2) connected to a circuit other than audio circuit 450, with the first connector being closer to audio circuit 450 than the second connector. The second connector (for example, connector CN2) may be a connector electrically connected to the liquid crystal display, a connector electrically connected to the trigger for starting a performance (such as a push button performance, rapid-fire performance, or long-press performance) or to a performance customization button, a connector electrically connected to various LEDs, or a connector electrically connected to the main control board.

Furthermore, although audio circuits 450A and 450B are connected to a common connector CN1, resulting in a configuration where multiple audio circuits are connected to one connector, the configuration is not limited to this. For example, connector CN-A may correspond to audio circuit 450A, connector CN-B to audio circuit 450B, connector CN-C to audio circuit 450C, and so on, with one audio circuit corresponding to one connector. Alternatively, the configuration may be such that corresponding connectors are arranged near each audio circuit. In addition, as will be described in detail using Figures 15 to 19, a configuration in which multiple connectors are connected to one audio circuit is also possible. Specifically, the left speaker output of the middle speaker's audio circuit is connected to connector CN-L, and the right speaker output is connected to connector CN-R. Conversely, the left speaker output of the lower speaker's audio circuit is connected to connector CN-L, and the right speaker output is connected to connector CN-R. In this way, the audio circuit may be configured to have separate connectors for the left and right speakers. Note that in the examples shown in Figures 15-19 (multiple connectors for one audio circuit), the audio circuits and corresponding connectors are located far apart. However, even in configurations where multiple connectors are connected to one audio circuit, the corresponding connectors may be located near the audio circuit, as shown in Figure 12(a).

As shown in Figure 12(a), the audio circuit 450 has its components (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, resistor R, capacitor C, electrolytic capacitor EC, etc.) arranged in a substantially identical layout. This allows for the uniformization of the audio output performance of the three speakers (upper speaker 272, middle speaker 275, and lower speaker 277), thereby stabilizing the audio output. For example, the vertical spacing t1 between the two coils L arranged in the audio circuit 450 is substantially the same. By making the spacing t1 between the coils L substantially the same, the heat generation effect of the three speakers can be made equivalent, stabilizing the audio output and uniformizing the noise reduction effect. Furthermore, even if different types of speakers are used, the positional relationship of the components constituting the audio circuit is substantially the same, making it easy to recognize that they are speaker-related components, allowing for quick response in the event of a problem with the audio output. In other words, it is immediately clear where on the circuit board to focus attention.

Furthermore, no electronic components are placed in the region of the gap t1 between the coils L, at least on the component side. This prevents the heat generated by the coils L from affecting other components. It also improves heat dissipation compared to when components are placed in the gap t1.
Furthermore, a similar effect can be achieved by not placing components in the solder surface area corresponding to the interval t1, although components may be placed there as the effect of heat generation is reduced compared to the component surface.

Furthermore, in audio circuits 450 (audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C), two coils L are provided because the upper speaker 272, middle speaker 275, and lower speaker 277 are stereo output speakers. In audio circuit 450D, one coil L is provided because the woofer is a monaural output speaker.

Figure 12(b) is a diagram showing the arrangement of the components of the audio circuit 450. The amplifier circuit 450 generally comprises an audio amplifier IC 418, two coils L, multiple resistors R, multiple capacitors C, and an electrolytic capacitor EC. The audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned midway between the two coils L. More specifically, the two coils L are positioned symmetrically with respect to a virtual extension line L4 that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 vertically. In other words, the audio amplifier IC 418 and the two coils L are laid out such that at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the intermediate portion of the two coils L (the region between the virtual extension lines of the end edge of one coil facing the other coil and the end edge of the other coil facing the first coil, and consisting of a virtual extension line with a distance t1). For example, the audio amplifier IC 418 may be laid out symmetrically with respect to the two coils L, or it may be laid out eccentrically with respect to one of the two coils L. This allows for uniform wiring patterns from the audio amplifier IC to both coils L in the case of stereo output, thereby equalizing the likelihood (or lack thereof) of noise generation, stabilizing the audio output, and achieving a well-balanced audio output.

The audio circuit 450 of this embodiment is provided with two LC filters (LCFs) that selectively remove high-frequency noise. In other words, the LC filters (LCFs) of this embodiment have the function of low-pass filters that cut high-frequency signals. The LC filter (LCF) consists of one coil L and two capacitors C to the right of the coil L. In this embodiment, both the coil L and the capacitors C are provided on the front (top) surface of the first sub-control board 401, but the coil L may be provided on the front (top) surface while the capacitors C are provided on the back (bottom) surface (both the coil L and capacitors C may be on the back surface, or the coil L may be on the back surface and the capacitors C may be on the front surface). Furthermore, the Zobel filter (ZOF), which prevents oscillation and noise caused by the speaker load (back electromotive force from the speaker), consists of one capacitor and two resistors R to the left of the coil L. In this embodiment, the Zobel filter ZOF is located on the left side of the coil L, that is, on the side opposite to the connector CN to which the audio circuit 450 is connected. However, it may also be located on the right side of the coil L, that is, on the connector CN side to which the audio circuit 450 is connected. In this embodiment, both the capacitor C and the resistor R are located on the front (top) surface of the first sub-control board 401. However, the capacitor C may be located on the front (top) surface while the resistor R is located on the back (bottom) surface (both the capacitor C and resistor R may be on the back surface, or the capacitor C may be on the back surface while the resistor R is on the front surface).

Figure 13 shows the circuit diagram of the audio circuit 450. Figure 13(a) shows the signal circuit diagram, and Figure 13(b) shows the power supply circuit diagram. As shown in Figure 13(a), the audio signal is output from the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418, first through the LC filter LCF, then the Zobel filter ZOF, and finally to the connector CN. The power supply bypass capacitor PBC shown in the power supply circuit diagram is a capacitor installed between the power supply and ground, and by bypassing (redirecting) noise to ground, it enables the supply of a stable power supply to the circuit.

In this embodiment, the LC filter (LCF) uses a coreless coil L, but a coil with a core may also be used. The constants of each element in the LC filter (LCF) are determined based on the switching frequency of the digital amplifier (20 kHz to 350 kHz). Specifically, a coil L of 10 to 15 μH is preferred; for a 10 μH coil L, a 0.33 μF capacitor C is used, and for a 15 μH coil L, a 0.22 μF capacitor C is used.

Note that the capacitor C1 (a capacitor that suppresses high-frequency noise) placed between the LC filter LCF and the Zobel filter is optional. Specifically, if the capacitor C used in the LC filter LCF is a ceramic capacitor, it is preferable to use capacitor C1, but if a film capacitor is used, capacitor C1 is optional. In the case of a ceramic capacitor, the piezoelectric effect (electrostrictive effect) when voltage is applied causes the ceramic capacitor to expand and contract, and this expansion and contraction can be suppressed. In this case, it is preferable that the capacitance of capacitor C1 is smaller than that of capacitor C that constitutes the LC filter. For example, if the capacitor C of the LC filter is 0.33 μF, then it should be 0.01 μF to 0.1 μF. If the capacitance of capacitor C1 is large, an LC filter LCF will be formed by capacitor C1 (resulting in a double LC filter LCF), causing the sound to become muffled and preventing the output of sound quality from being achieved as intended.

Furthermore, capacitor C2, located before connector CN, is a high-pass filter for the tweeter. It's used when connecting the left and right speakers in parallel, with one speaker handling low-mid frequencies and the other handling high frequencies (tweeter). It cuts out the low-mid frequencies from the other speaker. If connecting the left and right speakers one-to-one, it's not necessary, as one speaker can handle the low-mid frequencies and the other the high frequencies from the start.

Figure 12(c) shows the terminal arrangement of the audio amplifier IC 418. As shown in Figure 12(c), the terminals for the left speaker (output terminal and power terminal) LT are provided linearly (in the left-right direction) on the upper edge of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, and the terminals for the right speaker (output terminal and power terminal) RT are provided linearly (in the left-right direction) on the lower edge of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418.

Figure 12(d) is a cross-sectional view taken along the Y-Y line in Figure 12(a). Because the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L in this embodiment generate a large amount of heat, ventilation holes 405 are provided in the substrate case 403 covering the first sub-control board 401 near the audio amplifier IC 418 or coil L. The ventilation holes 405 may be ventilation holes 405b formed on the upper or lower surface (hereinafter, upper and lower surfaces) of the substrate case 403, ventilation holes 405a formed spanning the upper and lower surfaces and the side surfaces, or both ventilation holes 405a and 405b may be provided. Alternatively, a fan may be provided instead of the ventilation holes 405, or a fan may be provided together with the ventilation holes 405. This enhances the heat dissipation effect of the high-heat-generating audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L, and allows for concentrated heat dissipation of heat-generating components.

Figure 14(b) shows the ground region GND and the region N-GND (where the ground is removed) of the first sub-control board 401 (a control board with the same layout as the audio circuit 450 shown in Figure 12(a)) shown in Figure 14(a). As shown in Figure 14(b), the region where the coils L of audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D are located is designated as the region N-GND (first example of ground GND). This prevents potential instability caused by the magnetic field generated by the coils L of the audio circuit 450.

Figure 14(c) shows a different potential adjustment method than that shown in Figure 14(b). As shown in Figure 14(c), the ground VC1 of the region where audio circuits 450A and 450B are located, and the ground VC2 of the region where audio circuits 450C and 450D are located, may be separated from the ground GND of the region where the other circuits are located and wired separately. In this case, a slit-shaped region N-GND, which has the ground removed, may be provided between each region to physically separate them. For example, the regions may be completely separated, such as between ground VC1 and ground GND (second example of ground GND), or they may be separated so that some regions are connected, such as between ground VC2 and ground GND (third example of ground GND). This method also prevents potential instability based on the magnetic field generated by the coil L of the audio circuit 450. Note that while Figure 14(c) shows the second and third examples of separating the ground (GND), it is not necessary for both the second and third examples to coexist on a single substrate; it is sufficient for either the second or third example to be implemented on a single substrate.

<Variations in the arrangement of audio circuits>
Next, the first sub-control board 401A of the modified example 1 will be described using Figures 15 to 19. Hereafter, the +X direction in Figure 15 will be referred to as right, the -X direction as left, the +Y direction as up, and the -Y direction as down. Figure 15 is a top view of the component side of the first sub-control board 401A, showing the component layout of the audio circuit 451 around the audio amplifier IC 418. Figure 16 is a circuit diagram of the audio circuit 451. The first sub-control board 401A is also composed of multiple layers, and Figure 17(a) shows the first layer of the first sub-control board 401A, Figure 17(b) shows the third layer, Figure 18(a) shows the fourth layer, Figure 18(b) shows the fifth layer, Figure 19(a) shows the seventh layer, and Figure 19(b) shows the eighth layer. In Figures 17 to 19, the light gray area represents the ground region (GND), the white area represents the area without ground (N-GND), and the dark gray shaded area represents the wiring pattern of the audio signal from the audio amplifier IC 418 to connector CN.

As shown in Figure 15, the first sub-control board 401A is equipped with an audio circuit 451A for the upper speaker 272, an audio circuit 451B for the middle speaker 275, and an audio circuit 451C for the lower speaker 277, near the center of the first sub-control board 401A. More specifically, the three audio circuits 451 (referred to collectively as audio circuit 451) are arranged near the center of the first sub-control board 401A in the order of audio circuit 451A, audio circuit 451B, and audio circuit 451C, from top to bottom.

As shown in Figure 15, the audio circuit 451 arranges each component (for example, the audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, resistor R, capacitor C, electrolytic capacitor EC, etc.) in approximately the same layout. This allows for uniform audio output performance and improved audio output stability. The audio circuit 451 generally comprises the audio amplifier IC 418, multiple coils L, multiple resistors R, multiple capacitors C, and an electrolytic capacitor EC.

Figure 16 shows the circuit diagram of the audio circuit 451. Figure 16(a) shows the signal system circuit diagram, and Figure 16(b) shows the power supply system circuit diagram. As shown in Figure 16(a), the audio signal is output from the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418, first through an LC filter LCF, then a Zobel filter ZOF, and finally to connector CN. The power supply system circuit diagram in Figure 16(b) includes a power supply bypass capacitor PBC to remove noise, similar to Figure 13(b). Capacitors C1 (C207, C208, C209, C222 in Figure 16) connected to the BST terminal are bootstrap capacitors for voltage boosting, assisting the output of the positive and negative terminals. Capacitors C1 are unnecessary if the audio amplifier IC 418 does not have a BST terminal. Capacitors C2 (C238, C299, C303, C304 in Figure 16) are provided for noise suppression from the speaker.

In this embodiment, the LC filter (LCF) uses a coreless coil L, but a coil with a core may also be used. The constants of each element in the LC filter (LCF) are determined based on the switching frequency of the digital amplifier (20 kHz to 350 kHz). Specifically, a coil L of 10 to 15 μH is used; for a 10 μH coil L, a 0.33 μF capacitor C is used, and for a 10 μH coil L, a 0.22 μF capacitor C is used.

Returning to Figure 15, the audio output signal wiring C1 from the audio circuit 451A to the upper speaker 272 (specifically, the upper left speaker 272a and the upper right speaker 272a) is connected to connector CN1 located in the center of the left edge of the first sub-control board 401A. The audio output signal wiring C2 from the audio circuit 451B to the right of the middle speaker 275 (specifically, the middle speaker 275b) and from the audio circuit 451C to the right of the lower speaker 277 (specifically, the lower speaker 277b) is connected to connector CN2 located below the left edge of the first sub-control board 401a. The audio output signal wiring C3 from audio circuit 451B to the left of the middle speaker 275 (specifically, the middle speaker 275a) and from audio circuit 451C to the left of the lower speaker 277 (specifically, the lower speaker 277a) is connected to connector CN3 located below the right edge of the first sub-control board 401A.

Thus, the wiring from one audio circuit may be connected to one connector that connects to either the left or right speaker, and to another connector that connects to the other speaker. Furthermore, connector CN2 is located on the left end (left side) of the first sub-control board 401a, and connector CN3 is located on the right end (right side) of the first sub-control board 401a. However, when viewed from the front of the gaming machine, connector CN2 is located on the right side of the machine, and connector CN3 is located on the left side, with these connectors positioned closer to the side where the connected speakers are located. This configuration prevents redundant harness lengths and makes the connection destinations of the harnesses (connectors) easier to understand, thereby improving efficiency during assembly and inspection.

Here, using Figures 17 to 19, we will explain the flow of the audio signal from the audio circuit 451 to connector CN.

Wiring C1 connects from the audio circuit 451A to connector C1 via routes C1-1a in Figure 17(a), C1-1b in Figure 19(b), C1-2 in Figure 18(b), C1-3 in Figure 17(a), C1-4 in Figure 18(a), and C1-5 in Figure 17(a).

Wiring C2 connects from audio circuits 451B and 451C to connector C2 via routes C2-1a in Figure 17(a), C2-1b in Figure 19(b), C2-2 in Figure 18(b), C2-3 in Figure 17(a), and C2-4 in Figure 18(a).

Wiring C3 connects from audio circuits 451B and 451C to connector C3 via paths C3-1a in Figure 17(a), C3-1b in Figure 19(b), C3-2 in Figure 18(b), C3-3 in Figure 17(a), and C3-4 in Figure 19(a). Thus, the wiring pattern from the audio amplifier IC to the connector may be configured via multiple layers.

As shown in Figure 17(a), the region where the coil L of the audio circuit 451 (audio circuit 451A, audio circuit 451B, audio circuit 451C) is located is a region N-GND without GND. This prevents potential instability caused by the magnetic field generated by the coil L of the audio circuit 451. Alternatively, as shown in Figure 14(c), the ground GND of the region of audio circuit 451 (audio circuit 451A, audio circuit 451B, audio circuit 451C) may be separated from the ground GND of the other circuit regions and wired separately.

[Other variations]
・Arrangement of components of the audio circuit Using Figure 20(a), the arrangement of components of multiple (specifically two) audio circuits 450 will be explained. In Figure 20(a), one audio circuit is denoted as 450A and the other audio circuit as 450B. Also in Figure 20(a), virtual extension lines are shown along with each component that makes up the audio circuit 450 (audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, resistor R, electrolytic capacitor EC). A virtual extension line generally represents a straight line that forms the outer outline of the audio circuit 450, which is composed of multiple components, or a straight line that passes through the center of a predetermined component.

In Example 1 of Figure 20(a), both audio circuits 450A and 450B are arranged within the area enclosed by virtual extension lines L1, L2, L3, and L4. The coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R are positioned symmetrically with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418 (the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R are positioned symmetrically with respect to the virtual extension line VL that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 into left and right halves). Furthermore, the electrolytic capacitor EC is positioned parallel to the audio amplifier IC 418, to the right of the power supply IC 418.

In this way, the component layouts within the two audio circuits may be made substantially identical, and the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R may be arranged symmetrically with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418.

In Example 2 of Figure 20(a), similar to Example 1, both audio circuits 450A and 450B are arranged within the area enclosed by virtual extension lines L1, L2, L3, and L4, and the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R are positioned symmetrically with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418 (the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R are positioned symmetrically with respect to the virtual extension line VL that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 into left and right halves). However, the positional relationship between the electrolytic capacitor EC and the audio amplifier IC 418 differs from that of Example 1. In Example 2, the electrolytic capacitor EC is positioned below the position of the audio amplifier IC 418. Thus, the lower end position of the electrolytic capacitor EC may be offset from the lower end position of the audio amplifier IC 418.

Here, in Examples 1 and 2 of Figure 20(a), the audio circuits 450A and 450B have substantially the same component layout. However, it is not necessary for all component layouts to be substantially identical. For example, as shown in Example 3 of Figure 20(a), the electrolytic capacitor EC may be placed in an inverted position. The layout of other components is substantially the same as in Examples 1 and 2. Specifically, in audio circuit 450A, the electrolytic capacitor EC is placed to the right of the audio amplifier IC 418, while in audio circuit 450B, the electrolytic capacitor EC is placed to the left of the audio amplifier IC 418. Thus, audio circuits 450A and 450B may be arranged in a symmetrical positional relationship.

In Example 4 of Figure 20(a), both audio circuits 450A and 450B are arranged within the area enclosed by virtual extension lines L1, L2, L3, and L4. However, unlike Examples 1 to 3, the components near coil L (coil L, capacitor C, resistor R) are not arranged symmetrically with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418. On the other hand, the components near the audio amplifier IC 418 (capacitor C, resistor R) are arranged symmetrically with respect to the power supply IC 418. Note that the audio circuits 450A and 450B in Example 4 of Figure 20(a) have substantially the same component layout within the audio circuits.

Note that in Examples 1 to 4 of Figure 20(a), the electrolytic capacitor EC was not positioned between the two coils L, but it may be positioned between the two coils L. Also, in the diagrams shown in Examples 1 to 4 of Figure 20(a), capacitors involved in other electronic processing were not shown, but they may be included.

From the above, the audio amplifier IC 418 and the two coils L are laid out such that at least a part of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the intermediate portion of the two coils L (the region between the virtual extension lines of both the end edge of one coil facing the other coil and the end edge of the other coil facing the first coil, consisting of a virtual extension line with a distance t1. The shaded region between virtual extension line L1' and virtual extension line L5' shown in Figure 20). This arrangement corresponds to the first positional relationship. For example, the audio amplifier IC 418 may be laid out symmetrically with respect to the two coils L, or it may be laid out eccentrically with respect to one of the two coils L.

Furthermore, in the case of the audio amplifier IC 418 and capacitor C, the layout may be such that capacitor C is located between the audio amplifier 418 and coil L (corresponding to the second positional relationship), or the layout may be such that coil L is located between the audio amplifier 418 and capacitor C (corresponding to the second positional relationship). That is, in the direction of output of the audio signal as viewed from the audio amplifier 418, the positional relationships are "audio amplifier IC → capacitor C → coil L" and "audio amplifier IC → coil L → capacitor C". Also, the layout of capacitor C is symmetrical with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418, symmetrical with respect to the two coils L, and symmetrical with respect to one coil L. In the case of the audio amplifier IC 418 and electrolytic capacitor EC, at least a portion of electrolytic capacitor EC is located inward from the virtual extension line L4 along the end on the side of the audio amplifier IC 418 that has the power supply terminals, and is opposite to the side where coil L is located (corresponding to another example of the second positional relationship, or the fourth positional relationship).

Furthermore, the layout of the coil L and capacitor C may be such that the capacitor C is located between the coil L and the audio amplifier IC 418 (corresponding to the third positional relationship), or between the coil L and the connector CN (corresponding to the third positional relationship). That is, the positional relationship is such that the capacitor C is located closer to the audio amplifier IC 418 when viewed from the coil L, or the positional relationship is such that the capacitor C is located closer to the connector CN, which is on the opposite side of the audio amplifier IC 418 when viewed from the coil L. Also, the capacitor C is laid out so as to be symmetrical with respect to one coil L and/or two coils L. Furthermore, in the arrangement of the coil L and electrolytic capacitor EC, the electrolytic capacitor EC is positioned eccentrically to one side of the two coils L. At least a portion of the electrolytic capacitor EC is located inward from the imaginary extension line L5 of the end of the coil L opposite to the other coil L, at least a portion of the electrolytic capacitor is located inward from the imaginary extension line L4 along the end of the audio amplifier IC 418 opposite to the side where the coil L is located, and at least a portion of the electrolytic capacitor EC is located inward from the extension line L3 of the connector-side ends of the two coils L (corresponding to another example of the third positional relationship, or the fifth positional relationship). Additionally, electronic components such as a capacitor C and/or a resistor R are placed between the coil L and the electrolytic capacitor EC. Since the electrolytic capacitor EC is positioned on the side of the audio amplifier IC 418 with the power supply terminals (the side closer to the power supply terminals), close contact with the coil L is prevented, minimizing the heat generated by the coil L from reaching the electrolytic capacitor EC. Note that, as shown in Example 4, a similar effect can be achieved by positioning the coil L and electrolytic capacitor EC separately, even without any components between them.

Furthermore, the audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, and capacitor C are arranged such that at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region formed by the virtual extension line of the distance t1 between it and the two coils L, and the capacitor C is arranged to be symmetrical with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418 and/or coil L. Additionally, the electrolytic capacitor EC is positioned on one side of the audio amplifier IC 418 and on one side of the two coils L, and is arranged such that the virtual extension line of one of the edges of the electrolytic capacitor EC overlaps with the audio amplifier IC 418 and/or coil L.

- Arrangement of audio circuits on the first sub-control board Figure 20(b) shows an example of the arrangement of audio circuits 450 on the first sub-control board 401. In Figure 20(b), audio circuit 1 is denoted as 450X, audio circuit 2 as 450Y, and audio circuit 3 as 450Z.

Example 1 in Figure 20(b) shows a first sub-control board 401X in which audio circuits 450X, 450Y, and 450Z are each arranged at or near the edge of the board. In the first sub-control board 401X, audio circuits 450X and 450Y are arranged at one edge (specifically, the left edge), and audio circuit 450Z is arranged at the other edge (specifically, the right edge). Furthermore, the first connector CN1 is located near audio circuits 450X and 450Y, and the second connector CN2 is located near audio circuit 450Z.

As shown in Example 1 of Figure 20(b), the first sub-control board 401X, by placing the audio circuit at the end, reduces the impact of switching frequency noise on other components. Furthermore, the correspondence between connector CN (audio circuit) and the speaker is easily understood, making it easier to identify faulty areas. Additionally, if the output sound from the gaming machine is perceived as too loud during inspection, the connector of the harness connecting connector CN and the speaker may be disconnected. Because the audio circuit and the corresponding speaker-connected connector CN are located close together, it becomes easier to identify which connector to disconnect, improving work efficiency.

Example 2 in Figure 20(b) shows a first sub-control board 401Y in which both audio circuits 450X and 450Y are concentrated and arranged in one edge region of the board (specifically, the upper right quarter region of the board). Furthermore, the connector CN is located near audio circuits 450X and 450Y.

As shown in Example 2 of Figure 20(b), the first sub-control board 401Y allows for a more concentrated arrangement of audio circuits at the edges, further reducing the impact of noise on other components. Furthermore, it makes it easier to identify the connector CN connected to the speaker, allowing for instantaneous identification of the connector CN to be disconnected in the event of a loud noise. Additionally, heat-generating components such as the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L can be densely arranged for concentrated heat dissipation.

Example 3 in Figure 20(b) shows a first sub-control board 401Z in which both audio circuits 450X and 450Y are located in the central region of the board. Furthermore, the first connector CN1 is located near audio circuit 450X, and the second connector CN2 is located near audio circuit 450Y.

As shown in Example 3 of Figure 20(b), the first sub-control board 401Z, by placing heat-generating components such as the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L in the center of the board, the heat can be distributed throughout the entire board, making it easier to achieve heat dissipation. Furthermore, the proximity of the connector CN and the audio circuit makes the correspondence between the connector CN and the audio circuit easier to understand, improving the efficiency of inspection work.

- When the arrangement of components in the audio circuit is different In the above embodiment and modified example, the arrangement of components within the audio circuit 450 was the same or substantially the same (including the inversion target), but the arrangement of components may be different for each audio circuit 450. Figure 20(c) shows the first sub-control board 401J in which the arrangement of components in audio circuit 450X and audio circuit 450Y is different. In audio circuit 450X and audio circuit 450Y, the positional relationship between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil C, and the positional relationship between the audio amplifier IC 418 and electrolytic capacitor EC are different. Furthermore, a capacitor C is also positioned, located on the side of the audio amplifier IC 418 where the coil L is not located. In the case of audio circuit 450X, the coil L is positioned parallel to the audio amplifier IC 418 (left-right direction), and the capacitor C is positioned perpendicular to the audio amplifier IC 418 (up-down direction). On one side in the perpendicular direction, there is a coil L corresponding to the (+) output terminal and (-) output terminal of one coil L, and on the other side in the perpendicular direction, there is a coil L corresponding to the (+) output terminal and (-) output terminal of the other coil L. In the case of audio circuit 450Y, the coil L is positioned perpendicular to the audio amplifier IC 418 (upward direction in the diagram, but downward direction or up-down direction is also acceptable), and the capacitor C is positioned parallel to the audio amplifier IC 418 (left-right direction). On one side in the parallel direction, there is a coil L corresponding to the (+) output terminal and (-) output terminal of one coil L, and on the other side in the parallel direction, there is a coil L corresponding to the (+) output terminal and (-) output terminal of the other coil L. However, in both the audio circuit 450X and the audio circuit 450Y, the components are arranged within the regions enclosed by the dashed-dotted virtual extension lines shown in Figure 20(c). Here, the rectangular region S1 enclosed by the virtual extension lines of the audio circuit 450X and the rectangular region S2 enclosed by the virtual extension lines of the audio circuit 450Y are approximately identical in shape and area (specifically, the length and width of the rectangles are approximately identical). This is true not only for the dashed-dotted virtual extension lines but also for the dotted virtual extension lines along the ends of each component, and the components are arranged within the regions enclosed by the dotted virtual extension lines. In audio circuit 450X, region S1 is formed by the virtual extension line along the end of electrolytic capacitor EC, the virtual extension line along the end of coil L, and the virtual extension line along the end of capacitor C. In audio circuit 450Y, region S2 is formed by the virtual extension line along the end of electrolytic capacitor EC, the virtual extension line along the end of coil L, and the virtual extension line along the end of audio amplifier IC 418.

Furthermore, the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coils L are laid out within the region between the virtual extension lines of the ends of one coil facing the other coil and the ends of the other coil facing the first coil (the region consisting of the virtual extension lines of the spacing between the coils L) (within the first range). The distances from the audio amplifier IC 418 to each coil L are the same or approximately the same (w1 ≈ w2, w3 ≈ w4) within this range (another example within the first range). This allows for equal or approximately equal wiring lengths, enabling uniform sound output between the left and right outputs. Note that "w1 and w2" and "w3 and w4" may be different, the same, or approximately the same.

Furthermore, the audio amplifier IC 418 and capacitor C are arranged such that capacitor C is approximately symmetrical with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418 in both parallel and perpendicular directions, and is located within the same or approximately the same region S1 and S2 (the second region) enclosed by the virtual extension lines from the ends of each component. This allows for uniformity in the left and right outputs, as well as the (+) and (-) outputs, and enables space saving in the audio circuit.

Furthermore, the coils L and capacitors C are laid out within a range (the third range) such that the distance from capacitor C to each coil L is the same or approximately the same (w5 ≈ w6). Note that the distances w7 and w8 from capacitor C to each coil L in the audio circuit 450Y are omitted from the illustration, but similarly, these distances are the same or approximately the same (w7 ≈ w8). This allows for equal or approximately equal wiring lengths, thereby achieving uniform sound output between the left and right outputs.

Furthermore, not only between stereo output audio circuits, but also between stereo output audio circuits and mono output audio circuits, the components may be arranged within the aforementioned first, second, and third ranges, thereby ensuring a balanced positive and negative polarity in a single speaker. The positional relationships and arrangement ranges of these components described above, or those described later, may be the same or nearly identical in terms of positional relationships and arrangement ranges even between mono output audio circuits.

Even if the component layout differs for each audio circuit 450, it is sufficient that each component in each audio circuit 450 is positioned within a predetermined, identical area. In this case, the performance of multiple speakers can be standardized, thereby stabilizing the audio output.

- Arrangement of output terminals of the audio amplifier IC Figures 21(a) to (c) show the arrangement of the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418. In Figures 21(a) to (c), the coil for the left speaker is denoted as LL, and the coil for the right speaker is denoted as RL. The output terminal for the left speaker of the audio amplifier IC 418 is denoted as LT, and the output terminal for the right speaker is denoted as RT. In addition, the area to the left of the audio amplifier IC 418 is denoted as LS, and the area to the right is denoted as RS, with respect to the center line VL that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 into left and right halves.

In this embodiment, as shown in Figure 12, the two coils LL and RL are positioned symmetrically with respect to the center line VL of the audio amplifier IC 418. In this case, to avoid crossings and minimize the wiring distance between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L, it is preferable that the output terminal LT and the left speaker coil LL are connected in the same region LS, and the output terminal RT and the right speaker coil RL are connected in the same region RS. Figures 21(a) to (c) show examples of the output terminal arrangement of the audio amplifier IC 418 in such a case, where output terminal LT is located in the left region LS, and output terminal RT is located in the right region RS.

For example, as shown in Figure 21(a), the output terminal LT may be arranged linearly on the left side of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, and the output terminal RT may be arranged linearly on the right side. In other words, the direction of the audio amplifier IC's output terminals is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the coil L. Note that a layout in which at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region formed by the virtual extension of the distance between the two coils L, and the direction of the audio amplifier IC 418's output terminals is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the coil L, may be considered as an example of the first positional relationship.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 21(b), for example, output terminals LT may be arranged in an L-shape across the corners on the left and top sides of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, and output terminals RT may be arranged in an L-shape across the corners on the right and top sides. In other words, the arrangement of the audio amplifier IC's output terminals will be a mixture of directions perpendicular and parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L. Note that a layout in which at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region formed by the virtual extension of the distance between the two coils L, and the arrangement of the audio amplifier IC 418's output terminals is perpendicular and parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L, may be considered as an example of the first positional relationship.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 21(c), for example, the output terminal LT may be arranged linearly on the left side of the upper half of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, facing the left region LS, and the output terminal RT may be arranged linearly on the right side of the upper half, facing the right region RS. In other words, the direction of the audio amplifier IC's output terminals is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L. Note that a layout in which at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region formed by the virtual extension line between the two coils L, and the direction of the audio amplifier IC 418's output terminals is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L, may be considered as an example of the first positional relationship.

In all cases shown in Figures 21(a) to (c), the wiring crossing between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L can be avoided, and the wiring distance can be shortened.

- Arrangement of components in the audio circuit Figures 21(d) to (f) schematically show the arrangement of the components constituting the audio circuit 450 when they are arranged linearly in the vertical direction. Figures 21(d) to (f) show examples in which the LC filter LCF is composed of two coils L and four capacitors C (more precisely, one coil L and two capacitors C for the left speaker, and one coil L and two capacitors C for the right speaker), and the Zobel filter ZOF is composed of two capacitors C and two resistors R (more precisely, one capacitor C and one resistor for the left speaker, and one capacitor C and one resistor R for the right speaker).

For example, in the audio circuit 450D shown in Figure 21(d), the components are arranged in the following order from top to bottom: connector CN, Zobel filter ZOF, LC filter LCF capacitor C, LC filter LCF coil L, audio amplifier IC 418, and electrolytic capacitor EC. In the audio circuit 450 of this embodiment, as shown in the circuit diagram of Figure 14, the audio signal flows in the order of audio amplifier IC 418 → LC filter LCF coil L → LC filter LCF capacitor C → Zobel filter ZOF → connector CN. Therefore, with the component arrangement shown in Figure 21(d), it becomes possible to wire between the audio amplifier IC 418 and connector CN using the shortest possible distance. In other words, because the wiring pattern is optimized for each filter, there is the advantage of good wiring efficiency and improved filter effectiveness. However, there is also the disadvantage that heat tends to accumulate because the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L are in close proximity.

Furthermore, in Figure 21(d), the layout (first positional relationship) shows that at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region formed by the virtual extension of the distance between the two coils L. This improves the wiring efficiency between the audio amplifier IC and the coil L, and further stabilizes the output by minimizing the bias in the wiring pattern distance between the left and right outputs. Additionally, the layout (second positional relationship) shows that the coil L is positioned between the audio amplifier IC and the capacitor C. This allows for sequential wiring in the filter circuit, resulting in the shortest possible wiring pattern. Finally, the layout (third positional relationship) shows that the capacitor C is positioned between the coil L and the connector CN. This allows for sequential wiring in the filter circuit, resulting in the shortest possible wiring pattern.

Although not shown in Figure 21(d), a bootstrap capacitor may be provided between the coil L of the LC filter LCF and the audio amplifier IC 418 in the audio circuit 450D.

For example, the audio circuit 450E shown in Figure 21(e) has the following components arranged from top to bottom: connector CN, Zobel filter ZOF, LC filter LCF coil L, LC filter LCF capacitor C, audio amplifier IC 418, and electrolytic capacitor EC. While the component arrangement in Figure 21(e) is longer than that in Figure 21(d) because the coil L → capacitor C in the LC filter LCF is not in the correct order on the circuit, the current flows in the order of audio amplifier IC 418 → LC filter LCF → Zobel filter ZOF → connector CN, making this a preferable wiring arrangement.

As shown in Figure 21(e), the audio circuit 450E has the advantage of preventing heat buildup because the heat-generating audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L are separated by a capacitor C. However, because the LC filter LCF is not arranged in the correct order, the wiring pattern becomes longer, which has the disadvantage of making it susceptible to noise interference.

Furthermore, in Figure 21(e), the layout of the audio amplifier IC and coil L is such that at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region formed by the virtual extension of the distance between the two coils L (first positional relationship). This improves the wiring efficiency between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, and further stabilizes the output by making the bias in the wiring pattern distance between the left output and the right output as equal as possible. In addition, the layout of the audio amplifier IC and capacitor C is such that capacitor C is located between the audio amplifier IC and coil L (second positional relationship). This allows for a distance between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, suppressing heat buildup. In addition, the layout of the coil L and capacitor C is such that capacitor C is located between coil L and audio amplifier IC (third positional relationship). This allows for a distance between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, suppressing heat buildup. Furthermore, by placing the Zobel filter's capacitor C between the coil L and connector CN, the wiring in the filter circuit can be arranged in a sequential manner, resulting in the shortest possible wiring pattern.

For example, in the audio circuit 450F shown in Figure 21(f), the components are arranged in the following order from top to bottom: connector CN, capacitor C of the LC filter LCF, coil L of the LC filter LCF, Zobel filter ZOF, audio amplifier IC 418, and electrolytic capacitor EC. The top and bottom positions of the LC filter LCF and Zobel filter ZOF may also be reversed.

As shown in Figure 21(f), the audio circuit 450F has the advantage of preventing heat buildup because the heat-generating audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L are separated by a capacitor C. However, it also has the disadvantage that the Zobel filter ZOF is not located near the connector CN, thus reducing the effectiveness of countermeasures against back electromotive force from the speaker.

Furthermore, in Figure 21(f), the layout (first positional relationship) shows that at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region formed by the virtual extension of the distance between the two coils L. This improves the wiring efficiency between the audio amplifier IC and the coils L, and further stabilizes the output by minimizing the bias in the wiring pattern distances between the left and right outputs. Additionally, the layout (second positional relationship) shows that the capacitor C is positioned between the audio amplifier IC and the coils L. This allows for a separation distance between the audio amplifier IC and the coils L, suppressing heat buildup. Finally, the layout (third positional relationship) shows that the capacitor C is positioned between the coils L and the audio amplifier IC. This also allows for a separation distance between the audio amplifier IC and the coils L, suppressing heat buildup.

In this embodiment, an audio amplifier IC is used as the IC in the audio circuit, but it is not limited to this; an audio source IC may also be used. Furthermore, configurations described as "approximately identical" in this embodiment may also be described as "identical," and configurations described as "identical" may also be described as "approximately identical." In this embodiment, the positional relationship refers to the layout of components between components or the components in the target circuit configuration. In this embodiment, the audio circuit includes an audio amplifier IC → LC filter consisting of a coil L and a capacitor C → Zobel filter consisting of a resistor R and a capacitor C (→ connector) as the wiring path for the audio signal.

<Summary of Embodiments>
(1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) of the above embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
A gaming machine equipped with,
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits comprises a first component (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (for example, a coil L), and a third component (for example, a capacitor C).
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the second component, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits.

In this first basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits of the first substrate,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This is considered the first preferred configuration.

According to the first preferred configuration, by making the arrangement of the three components identical, the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits can be made substantially uniform, and stable audio output can be achieved.

In this first preferred configuration,
The first component is an audio amplifier element (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418),
The second component is a coil (for example, coil L),
The third component is a capacitor (for example, capacitor C),
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits includes a filter circuit (for example, an LC filter LCF) consisting of the coil and the capacitor.
This constitutes a second preferred configuration.

According to the second preferred configuration, stable audio output is possible by keeping the noise reduction substantially the same.

In this first basic configuration, first preferred configuration, or second preferred configuration,
The first substrate further comprises control means (for example, a CPU 404, etc.)
The plurality of audio circuits are arranged on the first substrate closer to the edge of the first substrate than the location where the control means are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes a third preferred configuration.

This third preferred configuration prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
A gaming machine equipped with,
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits comprises a first component (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (for example, a coil L), and a third component (for example, a capacitor C).
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within substantially the same predetermined range (for example, Figure 12(a), Figure 20(c), etc.).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits.

In this second basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits of the first substrate,
The first component and the second component are arranged within the first range.
The first component and the third component are arranged within the second range.
The second and third components are arranged within the third range (for example, Figure 12(a), Figure 20(c), etc.).
This constitutes a fourth preferred configuration.

According to the fourth preferred configuration, by making the arrangement ranges of the three components the same, the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits can be made substantially uniform, and stable audio output can be achieved.

In the fourth preferred configuration,
The first component is an audio amplifier element (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418),
The second component is a coil (for example, coil L),
The third component is a capacitor (for example, capacitor C),
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits includes a filter circuit (for example, an LC filter LCF) consisting of the coil and the capacitor.
This constitutes a fifth preferred configuration.

According to this fifth preferred configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by keeping the noise reduction substantially the same.

In the second basic configuration, the fourth preferred configuration, or the fifth preferred configuration,
The first substrate further comprises control means (for example, a CPU 404, etc.)
The plurality of audio circuits are arranged on the first substrate closer to the edge of the first substrate than the location where the control means are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes a sixth preferred configuration.

This sixth preferred configuration prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(2) Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
A gaming machine equipped with,
Each of the aforementioned multiple audio circuits comprises a first component (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (for example, two coils L), and a third component (for example, a capacitor C).
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
In each of the plurality of audio circuits of the first substrate, if one of the plurality of second components is designated as component A and the other as component B, then at least a portion of the first component is included in the region between the virtual extension line of the edge of component A facing component B and the virtual extension line of the edge of component B facing component A (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore,
The wiring pattern length between the first component and multiple second components can be balanced with respect to the multiple second components, for example, to equalize the output balance between the left and right speakers.

In the third basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits of the first substrate,
The first component and the plurality of second components are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The plurality of second parts and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the seventh preferred configuration.

According to the seventh preferred configuration, by making the arrangement of the three components identical, the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits can be made substantially uniform, and stable audio output can be achieved.

In the seventh preferred configuration,
The first component is an audio amplifier element (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418),
The second component is a coil (for example, coil L),
The third component is a capacitor (for example, capacitor C),
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits includes a filter circuit (for example, an LC filter LCF) consisting of the coil and the capacitor.
This constitutes the eighth preferred configuration.

According to the eighth preferred configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by keeping the noise reduction substantially the same.

In the third basic configuration, the seventh preferred configuration, or the eighth preferred configuration,
The first substrate further comprises control means (for example, a CPU 404, etc.)
The plurality of audio circuits are arranged on the first substrate closer to the edge of the first substrate than the location where the control means are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the ninth preferred configuration.

According to the ninth preferred configuration, it is possible to prevent the influence of the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(3) Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
A gaming machine equipped with,
Each of the aforementioned multiple audio circuits comprises a first component (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (for example, two coils L), and a third component (for example, a capacitor C).
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the spacing between the plurality of second components is substantially the same, and no components are mounted in the region consisting of this spacing (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by not placing components between multiple second components, the effects of heat generation from the second components can be prevented.

In the fourth basic structure,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits of the first substrate,
The first component and the plurality of second components are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The plurality of second parts and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the tenth preferred configuration.

According to this preferred configuration, by making the arrangement of the three components identical, the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits can be made nearly uniform, enabling stable audio output.

In the tenth preferred configuration,
The first component is an audio amplifier element (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418),
The second component is a coil (for example, coil L),
The third component is a capacitor (for example, capacitor C),
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits includes a filter circuit (for example, an LC filter LCF) consisting of the coil and the capacitor.
This constitutes the eleventh preferred configuration.

According to the eleventh preferred configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by keeping the noise reduction substantially the same.

In the fourth basic configuration, the tenth preferred configuration, or the eleventh preferred configuration,
The first substrate further comprises control means (for example, a CPU 404, etc.)
The plurality of audio circuits are arranged on the first substrate closer to the edge of the first substrate than the location where the control means are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the twelfth preferred configuration.

According to the twelfth preferred configuration, it is possible to prevent the influence of the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(4) Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
A gaming machine equipped with,
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits comprises a first component (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (for example, a coil L), and a third component (for example, a capacitor C).
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the second component, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector (for example, a connector CN1 connected to the upper speaker 272) that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers.
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits approximately uniform, stable audio output can be achieved. Furthermore,
This makes it easier to recognize the correspondence between speakers and audio circuits. For example, if a speaker suddenly emits a loud sound during maintenance work, it becomes easier to identify the connector of the speaker whose output you want to disable, which helps to reduce the time required for disabling the output.

In the fifth basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits of the first substrate,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the 13th preferred configuration.

According to the 13th preferred configuration, by making the arrangement of the three components identical, the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits can be made substantially uniform, and stable audio output can be achieved.

The first component is an audio amplifier element (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418),
The second component is a coil (for example, coil L),
The third component is a capacitor (for example, capacitor C),
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits includes a filter circuit (for example, an LC filter LCF) consisting of the coil and the capacitor.
This constitutes the 14th preferred configuration.

According to the 14th preferred configuration, stable audio output is possible by keeping the noise reduction substantially the same.
In the fifth basic configuration, the thirteenth preferred configuration, or the fourteenth preferred configuration,
The first substrate further comprises control means (for example, a CPU 404, etc.)
The plurality of audio circuits are arranged on the first substrate closer to the edge of the first substrate than the location where the control means are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the 15th preferred configuration.

According to the 15th preferred configuration, it is possible to prevent the influence of the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(5) Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
A gaming machine equipped with,
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits comprises a first component (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (for example, a coil L), and a third component (for example, a capacitor C).
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the second component, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover (for example, a substrate case 403, etc.) (for example, as shown in Figure 12(d)).
The cover is provided with a heat dissipation means (e.g., a ventilation hole 405, a fan, etc.) near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits is installed (e.g., Figure 12(d), etc.).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits nearly uniform, stable audio output can be achieved, and heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing malfunctions of components.

In the sixth basic structure,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits of the first substrate,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the 16th preferred configuration.

According to the 16th preferred configuration, by making the arrangement of the three components identical, the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits can be made substantially uniform, and stable audio output can be achieved.

In the sixteenth preferred configuration,
The first component is an audio amplifier element (for example, an audio amplifier IC 418),
The second component is a coil (for example, coil L),
The third component is a capacitor (for example, capacitor C),
Each of the aforementioned audio circuits includes a filter circuit (for example, an LC filter LCF) consisting of the coil and the capacitor.
This constitutes the 17th preferred configuration.

According to the 17th preferred configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by keeping the noise reduction substantially the same.

In the sixth basic configuration, the sixteenth preferred configuration, or the seventeenth preferred configuration,
The first substrate further comprises control means (for example, a CPU 404, etc.)
The plurality of audio circuits are arranged on the first substrate closer to the edge of the first substrate than the location where the control means are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the 18th preferred configuration.

According to the 18th preferred configuration, it is possible to prevent the influence of the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

[Additional details for the third embodiment]
The following describes the audio circuit described in the third embodiment from a different perspective using Figures 22 to 27, and also explains additional aspects of the audio circuit described in the third embodiment.

<Arrangement of components in the audio circuit>
Figures 22 and 23 schematically show an example of the arrangement of components of the audio circuit 450. In Figures 22 and 23 below, the direction shown in Figure 22(a) is used, and the positional relationship between the coil L of the LC filter and the capacitor C is denoted as relation A, the positional relationship between the coil L of the LC filter and the audio amplifier IC 418 is denoted as relation B, the positional relationship between the capacitor C of the LC filter and the audio amplifier IC 418 is denoted as relation C, and the positional relationship between the coil L of the LC filter, the capacitor C and the audio amplifier IC 418 is denoted as relation D. Furthermore, according to the flow of the audio signal output from the audio amplifier IC 418 toward the connector CN, the position closer to the audio amplifier IC 418 is denoted as the input side, and the position closer to the connector CN is denoted as the output side.

Furthermore, with respect to the LC filter, the coil L and capacitor C that constitute the LC filter, and the Zobel filter, the capacitor C and resistor R that constitute the Zobel filter, the LC filter, coil L and capacitor C, and Zobel filter, capacitor C and resistor R on the left side of the virtual extension line VL that divides the audio amplifier 418 into left and right halves will be abbreviated as "left" (components for the left speaker), and the LC filter, coil L and capacitor C, and Zobel filter, capacitor C and resistor R on the right side will be abbreviated as "right" (components for the right speaker).

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 1
Figure 22(a) is a schematic diagram of component arrangement 1 showing the arrangement of the components of the audio circuit 450D shown in Figure 21(d).

In relation A, in the left and right LC filters, the coil L is located on the input side and the capacitor C is located on the output side, respectively. The coil L and capacitor C in the left and right LC filters are located at equal or approximately equal distances from each other.

In relation B, in the left and right LC filters, the audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned on the input side and the coil L is positioned on the output side, respectively. The left and right coil L are positioned at an equidistant or approximately equidistant distance from the audio amplifier IC 418.

In relation C, in the left and right LC filters, the audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned on the input side and capacitor C is positioned on the output side, respectively. The left and right capacitors C are positioned at equidistant or approximately equidistant from the audio amplifier IC 418.

In relation D, the left and right capacitors C are positioned at equidistant or approximately equidistant distances from the audio amplifier IC 418, and the left and right coils L are positioned at equidistant or approximately equidistant distances from the audio amplifier IC 418. Furthermore, the left and right coils L and capacitors C are positioned symmetrically or approximately symmetrically with respect to a virtual extension line VL that divides the audio amplifier 418 into left and right halves, with the coils L positioned between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitors C.

In this way, by arranging the left and right coils L and capacitors C symmetrically or nearly symmetrically with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418, the wiring lengths of the left and right audio signals can be made equal, and the balance of the left and right audio outputs can be matched. Furthermore, since the positions of the LC filters formed by the coils L and capacitors C are the same or nearly the same on the left and right, the positions where the filtering effect is applied can also be matched, resulting in a consistent sound quality across the left and right outputs, thus preventing any difference in sound quality between the left and right in stereo output. By applying this arrangement to audio circuits corresponding to speakers with different stereo outputs (for example, the left and right of the upper speaker 272, the left and right of the middle speaker 275, and the left and right of the lower speaker 277), the sound quality can be matched between different speakers.

The Zobel filter is positioned on the output side of the LC filter, between the LC filter's capacitor C and connector CN. Furthermore, the left and right Zobel filters have identical (or nearly identical) component positions (capacitor C followed by resistors from left to right). In other words, by aligning the positions of the components (the filtered areas) of the left and right output Zobel filters, oscillation and noise caused by the load are homogenized.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 2
Figure 22(b) is a schematic diagram of component arrangement 2 showing the arrangement of the components of the audio circuit 450E shown in Figure 21(e).

In relation A, in the left and right LC filters, capacitor C is located on the input side and coil L is located on the output side, respectively. In the left and right LC filters, coil L and capacitor C are located at a distance or approximately equidistant from each other.

Relationships B and C are identical to the audio circuit 450D shown in Figure 22(a), therefore their explanation is omitted.

In relation D, the left and right capacitors C are positioned at equidistant or approximately equidistant distances from the audio amplifier IC 418, and the left and right coils L are positioned at equidistant or approximately equidistant distances from the audio amplifier IC 418. Furthermore, the left and right coils L and capacitors C are positioned symmetrically or approximately symmetrically with respect to the virtual extension line VL that divides the audio amplifier 418 into left and right halves, and capacitor C is positioned between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coils L. By adopting this arrangement,
Similar to the audio circuit 450D, it can balance the left and right audio outputs.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 3
Figure 22(c) is a schematic diagram of component arrangement 3 showing the arrangement of components of the audio circuit 450F shown in Figure 21(f). Since the audio circuit 450F is identical to the audio circuit 450D shown in Figure 22(a) in relation A, B, C, and D, the explanation is omitted. With this arrangement,
Similar to the audio circuit 450D, it can balance the left and right audio outputs.

The audio circuit 450F differs from the audio circuit 450D in the placement of the Zobel filter; specifically, the Zobel filter in audio circuit 450F is positioned on the input side compared to the LC filter, between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the LC filter. However, because the signal wiring passes through the inner layers of the board, the audio signal flow is the same as in audio circuit 450D: audio amplifier IC 418 → LC filter → Zobel filter → connector.

Furthermore, the left and right Zobel filters have identical, or nearly identical, component layouts (capacitor C followed by resistors from left to right). In other words, by aligning the positions of the components in the left and right Zobel filters (the areas where the filters are applied), oscillation and noise caused by the load are homogenized.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 4
Figure 22(d) is a schematic diagram of component placement showing the arrangement of components in the audio circuit 450G. The audio circuit 450G shows the case where an electrolytic capacitor EC is placed between the coils L of the LC filter. In the audio circuit 450 shown in Figures 22(a) to (c), the electrolytic capacitor EC was placed below the audio amplifier IC 418, but it may also be placed in the LC filter area. The audio circuit 450G makes it possible to save space in the audio circuit.

Furthermore, while the LC filters are not arranged symmetrically or nearly symmetrically with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418, the arrangement of the left and right LC filters (coil L and capacitor C) is symmetrical (coil L and capacitor C are arranged symmetrically or nearly symmetrically with respect to the midpoint between the coils L). Therefore, the positions where the filtering effect is applied are aligned, allowing for uniform filtering on both sides and consistent sound quality.

In Figure 22(d), the audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned eccentrically to one side, and the audio circuit 450G is positioned asymmetrically. However, this is not the only configuration; the audio amplifier 418 may also be positioned symmetrically or nearly symmetrically with respect to a virtual extension line VL that divides it into left and right halves.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 5
Figure 23(a) is a schematic diagram of component placement showing the arrangement of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L of the LC filter in the audio circuit 450H. Specifically, Figure 23(a) shows the positional relationship of relation B, and also shows the position of the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418.

The output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 are located on the left and right sides of the rectangular shape of the IC, as shown in the diagram on the right. Therefore, the LC filter's coil L and capacitor C are aligned (since the connection ports are along the longitudinal direction of the rectangular coil L and capacitor C, they are aligned vertically) to minimize the length of the wiring between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L, and between coil L and capacitor C.

In relation B, in the left and right LC filters, the audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned on the input side and the coil L is positioned on the output side, respectively. The left and right coil L are positioned at equidistant or approximately equidistant from the audio amplifier IC 418. Furthermore, the audio amplifier IC 418 and the left and right LC filters are positioned on a straight line in the left-right direction, with the audio amplifier IC 418 positioned midway or approximately midway between the left and right LC filters. The left and right LC filters are positioned symmetrically or approximately symmetrically with respect to a virtual extension line VL that divides the audio amplifier 418 into left and right halves.

As shown in Figures 22(a) to 22(d), by arranging the audio output components on one side relative to the audio amplifier IC 418, the signal wiring related to the audio output can be efficiently laid out, preventing the signal wiring from becoming redundant and acting as an antenna, and preventing noise from being introduced before reaching the connector.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 6
Figure 23(b) is a schematic diagram of component placement showing the arrangement of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L of the LC filter in the audio circuit 450I. Specifically, Figure 23(b) shows the positional relationship of relation B, and also shows the position of the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418.

The output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 are located on the top and bottom sides of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, as shown in the diagram on the right (arranged in a state where the audio amplifier IC 418 shown in Figure 23(a) is rotated 90 degrees clockwise). On the other hand, the orientation of the LC filter's coil and capacitor C is the same as that of the LC filter's coil L and capacitor C shown in Figure 23(a), with their longitudinal directions aligned vertically. Therefore, the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L are connected by an L-shaped wiring, as shown in the diagram on the right, and are arranged to minimize the length of the wiring between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L, and between coil L and capacitor C.

In relation B, in the left and right LC filters, the audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned on the input side and the coil L is positioned on the output side, respectively. The left and right coil L are positioned at equidistant or approximately equidistant from the audio amplifier IC 418. Furthermore, the audio amplifier IC 418 and the left and right LC filters are positioned on a diagonal line, with the audio amplifier IC 418 positioned midway or approximately midway between the left and right LC filters. The left and right LC filters are positioned point-symmetrically or approximately point-symmetrically with respect to the audio amplifier 418.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 23(a), the LC filter may be positioned diagonally along a straight line while the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L face each other directly. In this case, the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L will be connected by an L-shaped wiring. Thus, as shown in Figures 23(a) and 23(b), by distributing the left output coil L and the right output coil L in the left-right (or up-down) direction relative to the audio amplifier IC 418, it is possible to prevent component density and increase the area of the solid traces formed between components, thereby suppressing heat generation (improving heat dissipation efficiency) compared to arranging the audio output components on one side relative to the audio amplifier IC 418, as shown in Figures 22(a) to (d).

Furthermore, while the positional relationship and arrangement range of stereo output audio circuits equipped with two coils L were shown as an example, the positional relationships of components such as the audio amplifier IC 418, coils L, and capacitors C may be the same or nearly identical in both the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. For example, the positional relationship where the coil L constituting the LC filter is positioned between the capacitor C constituting the LC filter and the audio amplifier IC 418, or the positional relationship where the coil C constituting the LC filter is positioned between the coil L constituting the LC filter and the audio amplifier IC 418, may be the same or nearly identical in both the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. The arrangement of the coil L and capacitor C constituting the LC filter may also be symmetrical or nearly symmetrical with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418.

Furthermore, the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth positional relationships exemplified in Figures 20 and 21 may be the same or substantially the same for both the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit.
For example, the positional relationship in which the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor C constituting the LC filter are arranged such that at least a portion of the coil L is included between them may be the same or substantially the same for both the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. Alternatively, the arrangement of the LC filter may be reversed, and the positional relationship in which the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor C constituting the LC filter are arranged such that at least a portion of them is included between them may be the same or substantially the same for both the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. Furthermore, if the first positional relationship is defined as a layout in which the direction of the audio signal output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418 is perpendicular and/or parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L, then this positional relationship may be the same or substantially the same for both the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. As a second (or fourth) positional relationship, focusing on the audio amplifier IC 418 and capacitor C, if we define a layout where capacitor C is located between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L, or where coil L is located between the audio amplifier IC 418 and capacitor C, then this positional relationship may be the same or nearly the same for both the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. As a third (or fifth) positional relationship, focusing on coil L and capacitor C, if we define a layout where capacitor C is located between coil L and audio amplifier IC 418, or where capacitor C is located between coil L and connector CN, then this positional relationship may be the same or nearly the same for both the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit.

The diagram illustrates an example where components such as the audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, and capacitor C are arranged on the same surface (front). However, even if one of these components (for example, capacitor C) is arranged on the back surface of the circuit board, it is possible to configure the circuit so that it is arranged in the same or substantially the same positional relationship or range across multiple audio circuits, including the back surface of the board. Furthermore, capacitor C and resistor R are not limited to components constituting the filter circuit; they may be other capacitors C and resistors R connected to the audio amplifier IC 418 outside of the filter circuit. This allows for uniform or substantially uniform performance of the audio amplifier IC 418 across multiple audio circuits.

Schematic Wiring Pattern Figure 23(c) is a schematic wiring pattern diagram showing the pattern width of the signal line passing through the coil L of the LC filter in the audio circuit 450J. In the audio circuit 450J, the pattern width of the audio signal line on the input side (audio amplifier IC 418 side) and the output side (connector side) of the coil L is the same or approximately the same. Specifically, a pattern width of about 1.5 mm is suitable. Considering the voltage drop across the coil L, the pattern width on the output side may be narrower than the pattern width on the input side, but by making the pattern width the same or approximately the same as the input side, the resistance value of the wiring can be reduced, and power loss can be reduced. However, simply making the output wiring thicker can hinder the wiring layout, so the pattern width of the audio signal line on the output side is made the same or approximately the same as the pattern width of the audio signal line on the input side.

This configuration reduces power loss due to wiring resistance while ensuring stable signal transmission between the output and input sides. Furthermore, by arranging the wiring symmetrically or nearly symmetrically between the left and right outputs, the audio output can be made uniform between the left and right outputs.

Note that while Figure 23(c) shows a schematic wiring pattern for a stereo output with two LC filters, the wiring pattern for a mono output with a single LC filter may also be configured such that the pattern width of the audio signal line on the output side of coil L is the same as or approximately the same as the pattern width of the audio signal line on the input side. Even in this case, stable signal transmission between the output and input sides can be achieved while reducing power loss due to wiring resistance.

Furthermore, the audio signal lines shown in Figure 23(c) may be arranged on the same layer (surface layer) from the audio amplifier IC to the connector, or they may be arranged on the inner or back layers of the substrate. Alternatively, the audio signal lines may be arranged through different layers from the audio amplifier IC to the connector, such that in some parts they are on the surface layer, and in other parts they are on the inner or back layers. For example, as will be described later, between the audio amplifier IC and the LC filter (between the audio amplifier IC and the coil L, or between the audio amplifier IC and the capacitor C), the audio signal lines may be formed on a different layer than the layer on which the audio amplifier IC is located. Between the LC filter (coil L or capacitor C) and the connector, the audio signal lines may be formed on the same layer as the layer on which the output-side component of the LC filter and the connector are located. However, before and after the filter circuit (for example, in the output direction of the audio signal, after passing through the LC filter, and up to the Zobel filter in the case of back electromotive force from the speaker), it is preferable to lay the audio signal wiring on the same layer without using interlayer conduction holes such as vias, all the way to the connector. This prevents distortion of the audio signal waveform caused by changes in characteristic impedance due to interlayer conduction holes, and stabilizes the audio signal from after the filter to the connector. In other words, by laying the audio signal wiring on the same layer without using interlayer conduction holes in the path from the audio circuit (LC filter and/or Zobel filter) to the connector, the audio signal can be stabilized. Note that this configuration is not limited to a single audio circuit; it may be applied to multiple audio circuits.

Furthermore, focusing on the characteristic impedance of the signal wiring, the number (density) of interlayer conductive holes such as vias (blind vias) and through-holes, and heat dissipation vias, differs between the region from the audio amplifier IC to coil L and/or the region around the audio amplifier IC, and the region from coil L to the connector and/or the region around the connector. The latter has fewer (lower) interlayer conductive holes and heat dissipation vias than the former. This is because the characteristic impedance changes even with the presence of interlayer conductive holes. By reducing the number (density) of interlayer conductive holes and heat dissipation vias in the region from coil L to the connector and/or the region around the connector compared to the region from the audio amplifier IC to coil L and/or the region around the audio amplifier IC, changes in characteristic impedance can be suppressed, and the signal waveform can be stabilized. In addition, the connection point between the signal wiring and the connector terminal to which it is connected is also a point where the characteristic impedance changes, so changes in characteristic impedance can be suppressed as much as possible up to the connector. Furthermore, with this configuration, the area of the solid ground plane (solid ground plane) from coil L to the connector and/or around the connector is larger than the area from the audio amplifier IC to coil L and/or around the audio amplifier IC, thus promoting heat dissipation. Note that this configuration is not limited to a single audio circuit; similar configurations may be used for multiple audio circuits.

<Silk screen markings>
Figure 24 is a diagram illustrating the silkscreen markings on the first sub-control board 401A shown in Figure 15. Silkscreen markings are the necessary logos and text points placed on the surface of a printed circuit board and are used to facilitate the assembly and inspection of components.

The enlarged view of the central portion of the circuit board shown in Figure 24 shows the silkscreen markings for the audio circuit 451A for the upper speaker 272 and the audio circuit 451B for the middle speaker 275. The silkscreen marking 801 indicating the placement position of coil L in audio circuit 451A, and the silkscreen marking 802 indicating the placement position of coil L in audio circuit 451B, are rectangular outlines representing the outer perimeter of coil L. These outlines are slightly larger than the actual size of coil L, extending slightly beyond it. This is to allow for clear visual confirmation of whether or not the coil L is placed in the correct position.

The silkscreen characters 803 (e.g., "L242" and "L243") indicating the two coils L of audio circuit 451A and 804 (e.g., "L239" and "L118") indicating the two coils L of audio circuit 451B are component identification characters indicating the component numbers. Silkscreen characters 803 and 804 are arranged in a straight line in accordance with the arrangement of audio circuits 451A and 451B (see the dotted lines on silkscreen characters 803 and 804). In other words, if the imaginary lines connecting the midpoints in the short-side directions of three or more coils L are in a straight line, then silkscreen characters 803 and 804 are also configured to be arranged in a straight line.

By arranging the silk-screen characters 803 and 804 in a straight line in this manner, the silk-screen characters corresponding to coil L can be quickly identified even between different speakers 272 and 275 (audio circuits 451A and 451B).

Note that while Figure 24 shows multiple coils L and silk-screened text arranged vertically, the same principle applies if multiple coils L and silk-screened text are arranged horizontally.

L242 is the coil L for the left output of the upper speaker 272 (left coil L), L243 is the coil L for the right output of the upper speaker 272 (right coil L), L118 is the coil L for the left output of the middle speaker 275 (left coil L), and L239 is the coil L for the right output of the middle speaker 275 (right coil L).

In this example, as shown in Figure 24, no silk-screened characters are placed between the left and right coils L of the same audio circuit 451. For example, no silk-screened characters are placed between two silk-screened characters 803 (specifically, between L242 and L243), or between two silk-screened characters 804 (specifically, between L118 and L239). This is because placing silk-screened characters between the left and right coils L would cause them to be obscured by the coils' shadows, reducing visibility. By not placing silk-screened characters between the left and right coils, inspection and manufacturing operations can be facilitated.

Note that while Figure 24 shows multiple coils L and silk-screened text arranged vertically, the same principle applies if multiple coils L and silk-screened text are arranged horizontally.

Note that Figure 24 does not show silk-screened lettering between audio circuits 451A and 451B (specifically, between coil L representing L242 and coil L representing L239). However, silk-screened lettering may be placed between different audio circuits 451. This is because the spacing is wide enough that it does not reduce visibility.

Furthermore, the enlarged view of the audio amplifier IC 418 shown in Figure 24 is a top-down perspective view. Therefore, the configuration of the heat dissipation holes (thermal vias) formed on the circuit board for the audio amplifier IC 418 is shown. As shown in Figure 24, even with different audio circuits 451, the configuration of the thermal vias—that is, the number, shape, and position of the holes—is the same or nearly identical. This ensures that the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier IC 418 is the same or nearly identical, thereby achieving uniform performance of the audio amplifier IC 418, even with different audio circuits 451.

<Ventilation hole>
Figures 25(a) to 25(c) illustrate the ventilation holes 405 provided in the substrate case 403 of the first sub-control board 401 shown in Figure 12(a). Figure 25(a) is a top view of the first sub-control board 401, showing the location of the ventilation holes 405. Figure 25(b) is a part of the cross-sectional view of Figure 25(a) along the line Y1-Y1, and Figure 25(c) is a part of the cross-sectional view of Figure 25(a) along the line Y2-Y2. Hereafter, in Figure 25, the +X direction shown in Figure 25 will be described as right, the -X direction as left, the +Y direction as up (top of the paper), the -Y direction as down (bottom of the paper), the +Z direction as height up (up in the height direction perpendicular to the paper), and the -Z direction as height down (down in the height direction perpendicular to the paper).

Because the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L generate significant heat, the circuit board case 403 covering the first sub-control board 401 is provided with ventilation holes 405 located near the audio amplifier IC 418 or coil L. The ventilation holes 405 include ventilation holes 405b, 405c, 405e, and 405f (collectively referred to as upper ventilation holes 405) formed on the upper surface of the circuit board case 403, and ventilation holes 405a and 405d (collectively referred to as diagonal ventilation holes 405) formed across the upper and side surfaces. Both the upper ventilation holes 405 and the diagonal ventilation holes 405 are rectangular openings with their length in the left-right direction.

More specifically, as shown in Figure 25(a), ventilation holes 405b are located between the two coils L of audio circuit 450A, ventilation holes 405c are located between the two coils L of audio circuit 450B, ventilation holes 405e are located between the two coils L of audio circuit 450C, and ventilation holes 405f are located at the position of one coil L of audio circuit 450D. Furthermore, ventilation holes 405a are formed on the upper and side surfaces of the substrate case 403 near (above) audio circuit 450A, and ventilation holes 405d are formed on the upper and side surfaces of the substrate case 403 near (above) audio circuit 450C.

The ventilation holes 405b, 405c, 405e, and 405f each have the same or substantially the same shape, and in the audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C provided with ventilation holes 405b, 405c, and 405e, the positional relationship between the ventilation holes 405 and the coil L is also the same or substantially the same. In other words, even with different stereo audio circuits 450, by arranging the two coils L symmetrically or substantially symmetrically with respect to the ventilation holes 405, the distance from the two coils L to the ventilation holes 405 is the same or substantially the same. This allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency even with different stereo audio circuits 450.

The relationship between the components of the audio circuit 450 and the ventilation holes 405 will be explained in detail using Figures 25(b) and (c). Here, Figure 25(b) shows the ventilation holes 405a and 405b located above the substrate case 403, and Figure 25(c) shows the ventilation holes 405d and 405e located above the substrate case 403.

As shown in Figures 25(b) and (c), within the same audio circuit 450, the distance to the upper ventilation hole 405 (the shortest distance between the coil L and the ventilation hole) is the same or approximately the same for both coils L. This allows for uniform heat dissipation from both coils L. Furthermore, the distance to the substrate case 403 (specifically, the surface of the substrate case 403 facing the upper surface of the coil L) (the shortest distance between the coil L and the surface of the substrate case 403 facing the upper surface of the coil L) is also the same or approximately the same for both coils L.

Furthermore, even between different audio circuits 450, the distance from the coil L to the upper ventilation hole 405 is the same or approximately the same, and the distance from the coil L to the diagonal ventilation hole 405 is also the same or approximately the same. This allows for uniform heat dissipation from the coil L even between different audio circuits 450. Additionally, the heat passage region from the coil L to the ventilation hole 405 (in other words, the degree of overlap between the coil L and the ventilation hole 405, shown in the shaded area of the diagram) is designed to be the same or approximately the same in each audio circuit 450.

Furthermore, the distances from the audio amplifier IC 418, electrolytic capacitor EC, and capacitor C to the upper ventilation holes 405 are the same or approximately the same between different audio circuits 450. Similarly, the distances from the audio amplifier IC 418, electrolytic capacitor EC, and capacitor C to the diagonal ventilation holes 405 are also the same or approximately the same. This ensures that the heat dissipation rate of the components, including the audio amplifier IC 418, is uniform even between different audio circuits 450.

Furthermore, between different audio circuits 450, the distance from predetermined components constituting the audio circuit 450 (for example, audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, electrolytic capacitor EC, capacitor C, etc.) to the circuit board case 403 (specifically, the surface of the circuit board case 403 facing the upper surfaces of the audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, electrolytic capacitor EC, and capacitor C) is the same or approximately the same.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 25(a), the distance t1 between the two coils L in audio circuit 450A is less than the distance t2 between the lower coil L of audio circuit 450A and the upper coil L of audio circuit 450B. In other words, the distance between coils L within the same audio circuit 450 (the distance between paired coils L within the same audio circuit) is shorter than the distance between coils L in different audio circuits 450 (the distance between adjacent coils L in different audio circuits). This makes it easier to distinguish between audio circuits 450 and prevents the concentration of heat-generating components.

Figure 26(a) illustrates a modified example of the ventilation holes 405 provided in the substrate case 403. Figure 26(a) is a top view of the first sub-control board 401, showing the positions of the ventilation holes 405g and the ventilation hole group 405h.

The ventilation opening 405g is a single ventilation opening formed across the audio circuits 450A and 450B. That is, a single ventilation opening may be provided corresponding to the positions of multiple components in multiple audio circuits 450. The ventilation opening 405g is an opening that contributes to heat dissipation from the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of audio circuit 450A, and the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of the sound transmission circuit 450B.

Although the ventilation opening 405g is configured to straddle the coils L of the audio circuits 450A and 450B, it may also be configured to straddle other components; for example, the ventilation opening 405g may be configured to straddle the audio amplifier IC 418.

The ventilation hole group 405h consists of multiple ventilation holes formed across the audio circuits 450C and 450D. That is, the multiple ventilation holes may be provided corresponding to the positions of multiple components in the multiple audio circuits 450. Specifically, each ventilation hole in the ventilation hole group 405h is provided corresponding to the positions of the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of audio circuit 450C, and the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of audio circuit 450D. As a result, the ventilation hole group 405h serves as an opening that contributes to heat dissipation from the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of audio circuit 450C, and the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of audio circuit 450D.

Furthermore, the ventilation holes in the ventilation hole group 405h correspond to the three coils L (coil L1, coil L2, and coil L3), and there are three ventilation holes (ventilation holes 405h1, ventilation holes 405h2, and ventilation holes 405h3). However, the positional relationship (degree of overlap) between each coil L and each ventilation hole may be different. For example, ventilation hole 405h1 may be positioned almost directly opposite coil L1, while ventilation hole 405h2 may be positioned upwards relative to coil L2, and ventilation hole 405h3 may be positioned downwards relative to coil L3. However, the shortest distances from each coil L to the corresponding ventilation holes (the shortest distance between coil L1 and ventilation hole 405h1, between coil L2 and ventilation hole 405h2, and between coil L3 and ventilation hole 405h3) are all the same or approximately the same. Thus, even if the positional relationship between the components and the ventilation holes differs, aligning the shortest distances from the components to the ventilation holes prevents significant differences in heat dissipation. Furthermore, the positional relationship between similar components and ventilation holes may be the same or approximately the same, which allows for more uniform heat dissipation.

<Differential changes regarding heat dissipation>
Figure 26(b) is an explanatory diagram of the substrate case 403A of the first sub-control board 401. Figure 26(b) shows a part of the cross-sectional view taken along the line Y1-Y1 in Figure 26(a). The substrate case 403A is a lid with an L-shaped step formed on its side. More specifically, on one side of the substrate case 403A, a side wall SW2 is formed at the bottom, while at the top, a side wall SW1 is formed that is closer to the center of the first sub-control board 401 than the side wall SW2. That is, the side wall SW1 is formed so that it is closer to the coil L of the audio circuit 450A. As a result, the distance between the coil L, which is a heat source, and the side wall SW1 of the substrate case 403A is reduced, so the heat dissipation effect to the outside through the side wall SW1 can be increased. Although thermal vias are shown as heat dissipation holes (heat dissipation through holes) for ICs, thermal through holes may also be used.

Figure 26(b) illustrates side walls SW1 and SW2 with L-shaped steps formed on the longitudinal side of the rectangular substrate case 403A (along the side of one coil L). However, side walls SW1 and SW2 with L-shaped steps may also be provided on the short side of the rectangular substrate case 403A (along the sides of two coils L). Figure 26(c) shows a substrate case 403B in which side wall SW1 is formed so that the distance to the coil L of the audio circuit 450C is reduced. This reduces the distance between the two heat sources L and side wall SW1 of the substrate case 403B, thereby improving the heat dissipation effect to the outside through side wall SW1.

Thus, the side wall of the board case 403 may be positioned close to a component (for example, a coil L) that serves as a heat source for the audio circuit 450, which is located at the end of the first sub-control board 401.

- Other Note: In Figure 25(a), the orientation (positive and negative electrode orientation) of the electrolytic capacitor EC provided in the audio circuit 450 is the same across different audio circuits 450. This allows the wiring lengths to be made the same or nearly the same, and the function of the bypass capacitors to be made uniform.

Figure 25(d) is an external perspective view of the audio circuit 450B as seen from direction A above the height. The two coils L and four capacitors C within the audio circuit 450B are arranged in the same orientation (the longitudinal directions of the coils L and capacitors C are aligned vertically). This allows for the shortest possible wiring length of the LC filter. Furthermore, the printed sides of the two coils, where the coil constant (e.g., the number 805) is printed, are positioned to face the same direction. That is, the printing on one coil L faces outwards from the substrate, while the printing on the other coil L faces inwards (the printed sides of the two coils L never face inwards from the substrate). This ensures that the constant of either coil L can be visually identified, thus maintaining the visibility of the coil L's rating.

Furthermore, this configuration, in which the printed surfaces of the coils, each bearing the constant 805, are arranged facing the same direction, is the same for audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C, which are stereo output audio circuits. Similarly, in audio circuit D, a monaural output audio circuit, the orientation of the coil L is the same as in audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C, allowing for a layout that avoids requiring detours for the positive and negative audio signal lines.

Figures 25 and 26 above show an example where the audio circuit 450 is located closer to the edge of the circuit board than the CPU 404, but this is not the only example. For instance, even on a circuit board without a CPU 404, the audio circuit 450 only needs to be located closer to the edge of the board than the center.

<Thermal Via>
Figure 27(a) is a diagram illustrating the arrangement of thermal vias (Vias) TV for heat dissipation of the audio amplifier IC 418, provided on the first sub-control board 401. Similar to Figure 12(a), Figure 27(a) is a top view of the first sub-control board 401 and shows the component layout of the audio circuit 450 around the audio amplifier IC 418, but the audio amplifier IC 418 is shown as a top-down perspective view. Therefore, Figure 27(a) is a diagram showing the arrangement of thermal vias (Vias) TV formed on the board directly below the audio amplifier IC 418. In Figure 27, the +X direction is described as right, the -X direction as left, the +Y direction as up, and the -Y direction as down.

As shown in Figure 27(a), the thermal via TVs formed in each of the audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C have the same or nearly identical arrangement (e.g., number, placement, pitch between thermal vias). This allows the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier IC 418 in each audio circuit 450 to be the same or nearly identical. In other words, the IC performance of the audio amplifier IC 418 in each audio circuit 450 can be made uniform. While solder leakage (where solder flows into one of the thermal vias of the thermal via TV) is anticipated during the substrate manufacturing process, in this embodiment, if the number, placement, and pitch between thermal via TVs are the same or nearly identical, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier IC 418 can be made uniform in each audio circuit.

Although not shown in the diagram, the audio signal lines from connectors CN1 and CN3 to each speaker (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b, middle left speaker 275a, middle right speaker 275b, lower left speaker 277a, lower left speaker 277b) are of the same or nearly the same length for the positive and negative terminals. This maintains a balance between the positive and negative terminals. Furthermore, the lengths of the audio signal lines in the harnesses connecting left and right speakers of the same type (for example, the left and right of upper speaker 272, the left and right of middle speaker 275, and the left and right of lower speaker 277) are also the same or nearly the same. Specifically, the lengths from connector CN1 or CN3 to the relay board are the same or nearly the same, but the lengths from the relay board to the speakers may differ. This allows for a balance between the left and right sides within a feasible range.

<Interlayer Conduction Hole>
Figure 27(b) is a diagram illustrating the audio signal line path between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L in the audio circuit 450A shown in Figure 27(a). Figure 27(b) shows a portion of the X-X cross-sectional view in Figure 27(a).

The audio signal line connecting the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L is connected via a via (interlayer conduction hole) VA. This configuration, where the audio signal line is connected via a via VA, is also common in other audio circuits. Specifically, as shown in Figure 27(b), the audio signal line SL connected to the audio output terminal 418A of the audio amplifier IC 418 is connected to the coil L via a via VA that penetrates from the first layer to the second layer, passing through the second layer. In the region of the first layer where the audio signal line SL is formed in the second layer, a solid ground plane (hereinafter also referred to as a separate heat dissipation ground) is formed in the region near the audio amplifier IC 418 (the region between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L), which is wider than the audio signal line SL and wider than the diameter of the via VA. Furthermore, while increasing the surface area of this solid GND improves heat dissipation, the audio signal lines SL are formed in the second layer in the thickness direction of the region where the solid GND is formed, to prevent them from being interrupted by signal lines, etc.

In the illustrated example, a solid ground plane (GND) is formed between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L, but this is not the only option. The GND may also be formed around the audio amplifier IC 418 (either around the entire circumference or just a part of it), or around the coil L (either around the entire circumference or just a part of it). Furthermore, the illustrated GND is formed as a single unit in region BD, but this is not the only option. In reality, in addition to the components that constitute the LC filter and Zobel filter in this embodiment, capacitors that serve as bypass capacitors for the audio amplifier IC, test points, other signal lines, and power supply lines are formed around the audio amplifier IC. Therefore, the GND is not formed as a single unit in region BD as shown in the illustration, but rather dispersed. Therefore, by forming the audio signal line via via VA without interrupting the solid GND formed on the side where the audio output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 are located, or the solid GND formed in the direction from the audio amplifier IC 418 toward the coil L, the surface area of the solid GND can be secured as much as possible, thus preventing a decrease in the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L.

In this way, by placing the wiring pattern between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L in the inner layer (second layer), a larger area BD of the heat dissipation plane GND on the surface layer (first layer) can be secured. Therefore, the heat dissipation effect of the surface layer (first layer) is not impaired, and the heat dissipation effect of the audio amplifier IC and coil L can be improved.

In the illustrated example, the audio signal line SL is formed in the first layer with a small portion of wiring extending from the audio output terminal 418A, and then connected to coil L via via VA. However, this is not the only option. Alternatively, the line may be formed in the second layer without extending the wiring from the audio output terminal 418A to the first layer, or the audio signal line SL may be formed again in the first layer via via VA near coil L and connected to the terminal of coil L.

Furthermore, since the height gap w1 between the coil L and the first sub-control board 401 (first layer) is lower than the height w2 of the capacitor C (w1 < w2), even if the capacitor C becomes detached due to a soldering defect or the like, it will not enter the space between the coil L and the first sub-control board 401 (first layer), thus preventing the possibility of the capacitor C short-circuiting the coil L.

Note that in the example shown in Figure 27(a), the interlayer conduction holes were described as vias, but through-holes or through-hole vias may also be used.

<Audio circuit for woofer>
Figure 27(c) is a diagram showing the arrangement of the components of the audio circuit 450D for the woofer shown in Figure 27(a). The audio circuit 450D comprises, in general terms, an audio amplifier IC 418, one coil L, multiple resistors R, multiple capacitors C, and an electrolytic capacitor EC within a certain region RA. The reason why one coil L is included in the audio circuit 450D is that the woofer is a monaural output speaker.

Furthermore, region RA is the same or nearly the same region not only for the audio circuit 450D which performs monaural output, but also for the audio circuits 450A to C which perform stereo output. Both the monaural and stereo audio circuits are located within the same or nearly the same range, ensuring that there is no significant difference in the positive/negative polarity balance relative to the speaker. Additionally, because the components related to audio output are located within the same or nearly the same range, significant differences in heat dissipation efficiency can also be avoided. Note that the relative positions and arrangement ranges of the components constituting the audio circuits may be the same or nearly the same for different monaural output circuits.

In the audio circuit 450D, at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region between the virtual extension line L1 indicating the upper end of the coil L and the virtual extension line L2 indicating the lower end of the coil L. Furthermore, the coil L is positioned such that at least a portion of it is included in the region between the virtual extension line L3 indicating the upper end of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the virtual extension line L4 indicating the lower end of the audio amplifier IC 418.

Furthermore, the LC filter is arranged such that at least a portion of the coil L is included between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor Ca that constitutes the LC filter, and at least a portion of the coil L is included between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor Cb that constitutes the LC filter. Alternatively, the arrangement of the LC filter may be reversed, with at least a portion of the capacitor Ca being included between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L, and at least a portion of the capacitor Cb being included between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L.

Furthermore, the coil L, resistor R, and capacitor C are positioned symmetrically or nearly symmetrically with respect to the virtual extension line L0 that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 vertically. This ensures uniformity in the lengths of the positive and negative audio signal lines in the monaural output, thereby maintaining balance between the positive and negative terminals of the monaural output.

As shown in Figure 27(a), in the first sub-control board 401, the stereo output audio circuits 450A, B, and C, as well as the monaural output audio circuit 450D, are all arranged so that the coil L, resistor R, and capacitor C are symmetrical with respect to a virtual extension line that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 vertically.

Furthermore, the positional relationships of these components are identical or nearly identical between the stereo output audio circuits 450A-C and the monaural output audio circuit D. Specifically, at least a portion of the coil L is positioned between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor C constituting the LC filter (or, at least a portion of the capacitor C may be positioned between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor L constituting the LC filter). At least a portion of the capacitor C and resistor R constituting the Zobel filter are positioned between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L (or, at least a portion of the capacitor C and resistor R constituting the Zobel filter may be positioned between the LC filters). The positional relationships of these components are identical or nearly identical. This allows for uniformity in the performance (effectiveness of the filtering) of the LC filter and Zobel filter.

<Summary of Additional Items>
●Component arrangement of the monaural circuit (1-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) of the above embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Each of the aforementioned speakers is electrically connected to a plurality of audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) capable of outputting an audio signal,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the first basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Each of the aforementioned speakers is electrically connected to a plurality of audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) capable of outputting an audio signal,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprise a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in Figure 22(b)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the first basic configuration B.

According to the first basic configurations A and B, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the sound output of multiple sound circuits. Furthermore, in the first sound circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be well-balanced, and in the second sound circuit, the positive and negative wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the second components can be well-balanced.

(1-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Each of the aforementioned speakers is electrically connected to a plurality of audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) capable of outputting an audio signal,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component.
(For example, Figure 27(a),)
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the second basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprise a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in Figure 22(b)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit include a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the second basic configuration B.

According to the second basic configurations A and B, stable audio output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits approximately uniform. Furthermore, by making the noise reduction approximately identical, stable audio output can be achieved, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative terminals of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprise a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits nearly uniform. Furthermore, by making the noise reduction nearly identical, stable audio output can be achieved, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative terminals of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the influence of the magnetic field from the audio circuits on other components, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Each of the aforementioned speakers is electrically connected to a plurality of audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) capable of outputting an audio signal,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the fifth basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprise a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in Figure 22(b)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the fifth basic configuration B.

According to the fifth basic configuration A and B, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Each of the aforementioned speakers is electrically connected to a plurality of audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) capable of outputting an audio signal,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component.
(For example, Figure 27(a),)
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the sixth basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprise a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in Figure 22(b)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit include a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the sixth basic configuration B.

According to the sixth basic configuration A and B, stable audio output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits approximately uniform. Furthermore, by making the noise reduction approximately the same, stable audio output can be achieved, and power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring. In addition, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative terminals of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Each of the aforementioned speakers is electrically connected to a plurality of audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) capable of outputting an audio signal,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the seventh basic structure A.

Furthermore, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) each comprise a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in Figure 22(b)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This shall be the seventh basic configuration B.

According to the seventh basic configuration A and B, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Also, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-8) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the eighth basic structure.

According to the eighth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-9) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the ninth basic structure.

According to the ninth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative terminals of the first and second components can be balanced effectively.

(1-10) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the tenth basic structure.

According to the tenth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits approximately uniform. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Also, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-11) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the eleventh basic structure.

According to the eleventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring. In the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and in the second audio circuit, the positive and negative wiring pattern lengths of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-12) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the twelfth basic structure.

According to the 12th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring. In addition, in the first audio circuit, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative terminals of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-13) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the thirteenth basic structure.

According to the 13th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring. In the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. In the second audio circuit, the positive and negative wiring pattern lengths of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-14) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the 14th basic structure.

According to the 14th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits nearly uniform. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and stable audio output can be achieved by making the noise reduction nearly identical. In addition, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative terminals of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-15) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the 15th basic structure.

According to the 15th basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and the influence of the magnetic field from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented. In addition, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-16) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the 16th basic structure.

According to the 16th basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits approximately uniform. Furthermore, the influence of the magnetic field from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented. In addition, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-17) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Each of the aforementioned speakers is electrically connected to a plurality of audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) capable of outputting an audio signal,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the 17th basic structure.

According to the 17th basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the sound output of multiple sound circuits. Furthermore, the influence of magnetic fields from the sound circuits on other components can be prevented. Additionally, in the first sound circuit, the influence of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented, and in the second sound circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced appropriately.

(1-18) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Each of the aforementioned speakers is electrically connected to a plurality of audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C, D) capable of outputting an audio signal,
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range as the range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The aforementioned first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides stereo output and has multiple second components.
The aforementioned second audio circuit is an audio circuit that produces a monaural output with one second component.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
If the extension of the end edge of the second component A facing the second component B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component B facing the second component A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
In the region between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit, no components are mounted (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in the region between the virtual extension line of one end edge of the first component and the virtual extension line of the other end edge opposite to the first end edge (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
This constitutes the 18th basic structure.

According to the 18th basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the sound output of multiple sound circuits. Furthermore, the influence of the magnetic field from the sound circuits on other components can be prevented. In the first sound circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the influence of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. In the second sound circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

● Connector arrangement near the audio circuit (2-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) of the above embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers.
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced effectively, allowing for shorter wiring and avoiding power loss.

(2-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least one first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers.
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, compared to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented, allowing for shorter wiring and avoiding power loss.

(2-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it prevents the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

(2-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover (for example, a substrate case 403),
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means (for example, ventilation holes 405, etc.) near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is disposed (for example, ventilation holes 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and ventilation holes 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it prevents the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, promotes heat dissipation, and prevents component malfunction. Additionally, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

(2-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers.
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced effectively, allowing for shorter wiring and avoiding power loss.

(2-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by balancing the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components, heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions. Additionally, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

(2-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the seventh basic structure.

According to the seventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components, and power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

(2-8) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the eighth basic structure.

According to the eighth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of the multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

● Restrictions on component placement between coils (3-1) As described above, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second components from affecting other components.

(3-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

(3-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions.

(3-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, shorter wiring can avoid power loss, and heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions.

(3-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and to prevent the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits from affecting other components.

(3-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

(3-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers.
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the seventh basic structure.

According to the seventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. Wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss, and the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can also be prevented.

(3-8) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the eighth basic structure.

According to the eighth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components. Additionally, heat dissipation is promoted to prevent component malfunctions, and the effects of the magnetic field from the audio circuit on other components can be prevented.

● Heat dissipation means near the audio circuit (4-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) of the above embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions.

(4-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced effectively, and heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions.

(4-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and to promote heat dissipation, thereby preventing component malfunctions.

(4-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it prevents the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, promotes heat dissipation, and prevents component malfunction. Additionally, wiring can be shortened, avoiding power loss.

(4-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 12),
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits nearly uniform. Furthermore, stable audio output can be achieved by promoting heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions, and achieving nearly uniform noise reduction.

(4-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 12),
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions. Additionally, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, stable audio output can be achieved, and wiring can be shortened, avoiding power loss.

(4-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the seventh basic structure.

According to the seventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions, and the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

(4-8) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the eighth basic structure.

According to the eighth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions. Additionally, the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented, and power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

● Distance to heat dissipation means (5-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) of the above embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced effectively. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform in the first audio circuit and the second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (as shown in Figure 25(a)),
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the components of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover is the same or approximately the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing noise reduction. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be equalized between the first and second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (as shown in Figure 25(a)),
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing noise reduction. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be equalized between the first and second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the components of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover is the same or approximately the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first and second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first and second audio circuits, thereby suppressing performance differences.

(5-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (as shown in Figure 25(a)),
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers.
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the components of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover is the same or approximately the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by substantially equalizing noise reduction, stable audio output can be achieved, and wiring can be shortened, avoiding power loss. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the seventh basic structure.

According to the seventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-8) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the eighth basic structure.

According to the eighth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform in the first audio circuit and the second audio circuits, thereby suppressing performance differences.

(5-9) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval.
(For example, Figure 25(a),)
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the ninth basic structure.

According to the ninth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generation from the second component on other components can be prevented, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first and second audio circuits, thereby suppressing performance differences.

(5-10) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the tenth basic structure.

According to the tenth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform in the first audio circuit and the second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-11) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers.
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the eleventh basic structure.

According to the eleventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform in the first audio circuit and the second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-12) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the twelfth basic structure.

According to the 12th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the effects of heat generation from the second component from affecting other components, and to shorten wiring and avoid power loss. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-13) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the thirteenth basic structure.

According to the 13th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generation from the second components on other components can be prevented. Additionally, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuits, thereby suppressing performance differences.

(5-14) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit comprising the aforementioned coil and capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 25),
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the components of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover is the same or approximately the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the 14th basic structure.

According to the 14th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by substantially equalizing noise reduction, stable audio output can be achieved, and wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform in the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-15) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers.
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the components of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover is the same or approximately the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the 15th basic structure.

According to the 15th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-16) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the 16th basic structure.

According to the 16th basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform in the first audio circuit and the second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-17) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types,
Multiple audio circuits are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the 17th basic structure.

According to the basic configuration of the 17th, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the effects of heat generation from the second component from affecting other components, and to prevent the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits from affecting other components. Additionally, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-18) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types,
Multiple audio circuits are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 25(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distance from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover is the same or substantially the same (see Figures 25(b) and (c), etc.).
This constitutes the 18th basic structure.

According to the 18th basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by substantially equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Additionally, the effects of the magnetic field from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented. Moreover, since the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuits, performance differences can be suppressed.

(5-19) Also, in any one of the basic configurations from the first to the eighteenth basic configurations,
The cover is equipped with a heat dissipation means, and is configured such that the distance from at least one of the components among the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the heat dissipation means is the same or substantially the same for both the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, Figures 25(b), (c), etc.).
This is considered the first preferred configuration.

According to the first preferred configuration, the heat dissipation efficiency can be made uniform in the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby suppressing performance differences.

Furthermore, in the first preferred configuration,
The heat dissipation means is provided near the location where the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged (for example, Figures 25(b), (c), etc.).
This constitutes a second preferred configuration.

According to the second preferred configuration, the heat dissipation efficiency of the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit can be improved.

●Wiring is via interlayer conductive holes (6-1) As described above, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

(6-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits nearly uniform. Furthermore, by making the noise reduction nearly identical, stable audio output can be achieved, and the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

(6-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits nearly uniform. Furthermore, by making the noise reduction nearly identical, stable audio output can be achieved, and the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

(6-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. This prevents the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components, and also ensures sufficient surface area on the first substrate, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. This prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, while also ensuring sufficient surface area on the first circuit board and promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. By roughly equalizing noise reduction, stable audio output is possible, and wiring can be shortened, avoiding power loss. Furthermore, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

(6-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the seventh basic structure.

According to the seventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the heat generated by the second components can prevent its influence on other components. Additionally, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-8) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the eighth basic structure.

According to the eighth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced effectively. Additionally, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

(6-9) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the ninth basic structure.

According to the ninth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components. Additionally, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-10) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the tenth basic structure.

According to the tenth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the heat generated by the second components can prevent its influence on other components. Additionally, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-11) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the eleventh basic structure.

According to the eleventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring. Additionally, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

(6-12) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the twelfth basic structure.

According to the 12th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, shortens wiring, and avoids power loss. Additionally, it ensures sufficient surface area on the first circuit board, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-13) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension, for example, as shown in Figure 27(a).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the thirteenth basic structure.

According to the 13th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the heat generated by the second components can prevent its influence on other components. Wiring can also be shortened to avoid power loss. Additionally, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-14) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the 14th basic structure.

According to the 14th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing the noise reduction, stable audio output can be achieved, and wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Additionally, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

(6-15) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the 15th basic structure.

According to the 15th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented. Additionally, the surface area of the first circuit board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-16) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the 16th basic structure.

According to the 16th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented. Additionally, the surface area of the first substrate can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-17) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval.
(For example, Figure 27(a),)
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the 17th basic structure.

According to the 17th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and to prevent the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits from affecting other components. Additionally, the surface area of the first substrate can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-18) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil arranged in the first layer.
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer,
The first substrate has a solid pattern formed near the audio amplifier.
The first substrate has wiring formed on it for transmitting the audio signal.
The aforementioned wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via interlayer conduction holes (for example, as shown in Figure 27(b)).
This constitutes the 18th basic structure.

According to the 18th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Additionally, the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented, and the area of the solid pattern on the first substrate can be secured, promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

(6-19) Also, in any one of the basic configurations from the first to the eighteenth basic configurations described above,
The aforementioned solid pattern is a solid ground,
The first layer is the surface layer of the first substrate,
The first substrate is such that in a region where the ground plane is present, the wiring is formed in a layer different from the surface layer.
(For example, Figure 27(b),)
This is considered the first preferred configuration.

According to the first preferred configuration, the area of the first layer of the first substrate can be secured, thereby promoting heat dissipation of the audio amplifier.

● Arrangement of audio circuit board edges (7-1) As described above, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components.

(7-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, shortening the wiring and avoiding power loss. Additionally, the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

(7-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, promoting heat dissipation and preventing component malfunctions. Additionally, the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

(7-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, promoting heat dissipation and preventing component malfunctions. Additionally, shorter wiring can avoid power loss, and the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

(7-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, shorter wiring can be avoided, and the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

(7-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, heat dissipation can be promoted to prevent component malfunctions, and the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

(7-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the seventh basic structure.

According to the seventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, shorter wiring can avoid power loss and promote heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions. Moreover, the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

●Parts are within the same range (8-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) of the above embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced effectively.

(8-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components.

(8-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of one component and multiple second components can be balanced effectively, and the heat generated by the second components can be prevented from affecting other components.

(8-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of one component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Additionally, heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions.

(8-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of one component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Additionally, heat dissipation can be promoted to prevent component malfunctions, and power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

(8-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 12),
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits nearly uniform. Furthermore, by making the noise reduction nearly identical, stable audio output can be achieved, and wiring can be shortened, thus avoiding power loss.

(8-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the seventh basic structure.

According to the seventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss, and the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

(8-8) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the eighth basic structure.

According to the eighth basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components.

(8-9) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the ninth basic structure.

According to the ninth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it prevents the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, shortens wiring, and avoids power loss. Additionally, it promotes heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions, and prevents the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components.

●The positional relationship of the parts is the same (9-1) In summary, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components.

(9-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components and to promote heat dissipation, thereby preventing component malfunctions.

(9-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced effectively. Additionally, shorter wiring can avoid power loss, and heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions.

(9-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and to promote heat dissipation, thereby preventing component malfunctions.

(9-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 12),
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the noise reduction. Additionally, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and component malfunctions can be prevented by promoting heat dissipation.

(9-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
At least one side of the first substrate is covered by a cover.
The cover is provided with heat dissipation means near the location where one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and heat dissipation can be promoted to prevent component malfunctions. Additionally, the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.

●The configuration of the thermal vias is the same (10-1) In addition, according to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This will be the first basic structure.

According to the first basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers in the multiple audio circuits can be made uniform.

(10-2) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This will be the second basic structure.

According to the second basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing the noise reduction, stable audio output can be achieved, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers in the multiple audio circuits can be made uniform.

(10-3) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the third basic structure.

According to the third basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing the noise reduction, stable audio output can be achieved, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers in the multiple audio circuits can be made uniform.

(10-4) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is located on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the fourth basic structure.

According to the fourth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components. Additionally, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-5) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the fifth basic structure.

According to the fifth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. Additionally, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-6) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the sixth basic structure.

According to the sixth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. By roughly equalizing the noise reduction across multiple audio circuits, stable audio output can be achieved, and wiring can be shortened, avoiding power loss. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-7) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the seventh basic structure.

According to the seventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. The wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-8) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range, for example, as shown in Figure 27(a).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are component A and component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the eighth basic structure.

According to the eighth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced effectively. Additionally, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across the multiple audio circuits.

(10-9) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the ninth basic structure.

According to the ninth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generation from the second component on other components can be prevented. Additionally, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-10) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the tenth basic structure.

According to the tenth basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second components from affecting other components. Additionally, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-11) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the eleventh basic structure.

According to the eleventh basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, shortening the wiring and avoiding power loss. Additionally, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across the multiple audio circuits.

(10-12) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, a slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the twelfth basic structure.

According to the 12th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by a second component on other components can be prevented, allowing for shorter wiring and avoiding power loss. Additionally, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-13) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially identical manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the thirteenth basic structure.

According to the 13th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second components from affecting other components, shortening wiring, and avoiding power loss. Additionally, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-14) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, in each of them,
The first component and the second component are arranged in the first positional relationship.
The first component and the third component are arranged in a second positional relationship.
The second part and the third part are arranged in a third positional relationship.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The second component is a coil,
The third component is a capacitor,
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are,
The circuit includes a filter circuit consisting of the coil and the capacitor (as shown in Figure 27(a)),
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially identical manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the 14th basic structure.

According to the 14th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring. By roughly equalizing the noise reduction in multiple audio circuits, stable audio output can be achieved, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier can be made uniform.

(10-15) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprises a first component, a second component, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are all located within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The first substrate is equipped with a connector that can be electrically connected to at least one of the plurality of speakers,
The aforementioned connector is located near at least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is arranged on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially identical manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the 15th basic structure.

According to the 15th basic configuration, stable sound output can be achieved by making the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits nearly uniform. In addition, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and the influence of the magnetic field from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented.
Furthermore, it is possible to make the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-16) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is arranged on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially identical manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the 16th basic structure.

According to the 16th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. This prevents the influence of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components and allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers across multiple audio circuits.

(10-17) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is arranged on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially identical manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the 17th basic structure.

According to the 17th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components. Additionally, the effects of the magnetic field from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-18) According to the above embodiment of the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100),
Multiple speakers of different types (for example, speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
Multiple audio circuits (for example, audio circuits 450A, B, C) are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board (for example, a first sub-control board 401, etc.) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450A) and the second audio circuit (for example, audio circuit 450B) each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in Figure 12(a)).
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits, including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, is arranged on the first substrate towards the edge rather than the central portion (for example, as shown in Figure 27(a)).
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner (as shown in Figure 27(a), etc.).
This constitutes the 18th basic structure.

According to the 18th basic configuration, stable audio output can be achieved by roughly equalizing the performance of the audio output of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and the multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second components on other components can be prevented. Additionally, the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

While embodiments of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described above. Various modifications and changes can be made to the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the spirit of the invention, and such modifications and changes are also included within the technical scope of the present invention. Furthermore, the actions and effects described in the embodiments of the invention are merely a list of the most preferred actions and effects resulting from the present invention, and the actions and effects according to the present invention are not limited to those described in the embodiments.

100 Slot machine 110, 111, 112 Reels 113 Reel window 130, 132 Coin insertion button 135 Start lever 137, 138, 139 Stop button 157 LCD display 170 Number of coins displayed 190 Performance buttons 272, 277 Speaker 300 Main control unit 350 Coin count control unit 400 First sub-control unit 500 Second sub-control unit

Claims (1)

Multiple speakers of different types,
Multiple audio circuits are electrically connected to each of the aforementioned multiple speakers and are capable of outputting audio signals.
A gaming machine comprising a first circuit board on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
Of the plurality of audio circuits, at least the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each comprise a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component.
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are second component A and second component B,
The plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are component C and component D,
If the extension of the end edge of the second part A facing the second part B is defined as the first virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second part B facing the second part A is defined as the second virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the region between the first virtual extension and the second virtual extension.
If the extension of the end edge of the second component C facing the second component D is defined as the third virtual extension, and the extension of the end edge of the second component D facing the second component C is defined as the fourth virtual extension, then at least a portion of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the region between the third virtual extension and the fourth virtual extension.
The spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as the "second spacing") are the same or substantially the same.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the first interval.
No components are mounted in the region consisting of the second interval.
The first component is an audio amplifier,
The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier.
The first substrate is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially identical manner.
A gaming machine characterized by the following features.